WO2023207799A1 - Message processing method and electronic device - Google Patents

Message processing method and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023207799A1
WO2023207799A1 PCT/CN2023/089833 CN2023089833W WO2023207799A1 WO 2023207799 A1 WO2023207799 A1 WO 2023207799A1 CN 2023089833 W CN2023089833 W CN 2023089833W WO 2023207799 A1 WO2023207799 A1 WO 2023207799A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
folder
application
display
unread messages
attribute
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/089833
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
夏佳欣
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023207799A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023207799A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/54Interprogram communication

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a message processing method and electronic equipment.
  • APPs applications
  • electronic devices Users often organize one or more applications (APPs) in electronic devices into a folder for management, which makes it easier to find applications and makes the desktop of the electronic device tidier.
  • the icon of a folder can be marked with a badge, and the badge generally represents the total number of unread messages for all applications in the folder.
  • the icons of the applications in the folder may also be marked with a badge, which generally indicates the number of unread messages for the application.
  • Method 1 The user needs to enter each application in the folder one by one, and check the unread messages of each application through multiple operations, change the unread messages into read messages, and eliminate the icon on the folder icon. corner mark, the aforementioned process is complex and cumbersome.
  • Method 2 The user needs to set up each application in the folder such as not to receive unread messages or not to display the icons of unread messages. The user can eliminate the icons on the icon of the folder. The aforementioned process requires entering into the electronic app. Configure settings for each application in the device's system settings or the settings page of each application, such as whether to receive unread messages and whether to display badges.
  • Method 3 The user needs to perform operations such as long pressing on each application in the folder.
  • the icon on the icon of each application can be eliminated by one click or one by one.
  • the aforementioned process requires regular operations.
  • the present application provides a message processing method and electronic device to solve the problem of complex management of unread messages in folders and processing of corner tags, and realize unified management of unread messages in folders and applications.
  • this application provides a message processing method, including:
  • the attribute information of the first application is set to the attribute information of the first folder. interest.
  • attribute information of the first folder can be used, such as whether all applications in the first folder receive unread messages and whether all applications in the first folder display unread messages. icon, and whether the first folder displays the icon of unread messages, etc., the attribute information of the first application moved to the first folder can be set, and all applications in the first folder can be configured for unread messages.
  • the unified setting of related policies for reading messages is conducive to better management of unread messages in folders and applications. It also facilitates the elimination or display of unread messages in folders and applications.
  • the properties of the first application include at least one of whether to receive unread messages or the display mode of the application badge; the properties of the first folder include whether to receive unread messages or the display of the application badge. at least one of the ways.
  • the attribute information of the first application is set to the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder, specifically as follows:
  • the method also includes:
  • a setting page of the first folder is displayed, and the setting page of the first folder is used to set attribute information of the first folder.
  • the triggering operation includes any of the following operations:
  • An action triggered on the icon or name of the first folder an action triggered on an empty area in the first folder, or an action triggered on a control in the first folder.
  • the method also includes:
  • the method also includes:
  • a third operation of receiving user input the third operation being used to move the first application to the second folder;
  • the attribute information of the first application is set to be the same as the attribute information of the second folder.
  • the method also includes:
  • the attribute information of the third folder and the attribute information of all applications in the third folder are set to be the same as the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the properties of the first folder also include the display mode of the folder subscript, and the file The display mode of the clipped corner mark is counting, and the method also includes:
  • the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder are accumulated and displayed on the first folder.
  • the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder are displayed, specifically:
  • the method also includes:
  • the third count is the sum of the first count and the second count.
  • the first application is located in the first folder. .
  • the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder are displayed, specifically:
  • the method also includes:
  • the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder are displayed, specifically:
  • the method also includes:
  • a first folder is displayed in which the first application is located.
  • this application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor; the memory is used to store program instructions; the processor is used to call the program instructions in the memory so that the electronic device executes the first aspect and any possibility of the first aspect.
  • Message processing methods in the design including: a memory and a processor; the memory is used to store program instructions; the processor is used to call the program instructions in the memory so that the electronic device executes the first aspect and any possibility of the first aspect.
  • this application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device including a memory, a display screen, and a sensor; the chip system includes: a processor; when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the electronic device executes the first A message processing method in any possible design of the first aspect and the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor so that the electronic device can implement the message processing in the first aspect and any possible design of the first aspect. method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, including: execution instructions.
  • the execution instructions are stored in a readable storage medium.
  • At least one processor of the electronic device can read the execution instructions from the readable storage medium.
  • the at least one processor Executing the execution instructions enables the electronic device to implement the message processing method in the first aspect and any possible design of the first aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 3A-3J are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 6A-6D are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 7A-7C are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 9A-9D are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 10A-10C are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 11A-11B are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 12A-12D are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 13A-13B are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the desktop display of three folders and the open page of each folder provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIGS. 15A-15C are flowcharts of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a alone, b alone, or c alone can mean: a alone, b alone, c alone, a combination of a and b, a combination of a and c, a combination of b and c, or a combination of a, b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance.
  • the terms “center”, “longitudinal”, “horizontal”, “upper”, “lower”, “left”, “right”, “front”, “back”, etc. indicate the orientation or positional relationship based on that shown in the drawings.
  • orientation or positional relationship is only for the convenience of describing the present application and simplifying the description, and does not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore cannot be understood as a limitation of the present application.
  • This application provides a message processing method and electronic device, which can add attribute settings for unread messages in a folder, such as whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages, and whether all applications in the folder display unread messages. icon, and whether the folder displays the icon of unread messages, etc.
  • attribute settings for unread messages such as whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages, and whether all applications in the folder display unread messages. icon, and whether the folder displays the icon of unread messages, etc.
  • this application does not limit the parameters such as the style, position, or method of the unread message icon.
  • the folders involved in this application refer to applications that include one or more applications and can be placed on the desktop of an electronic device.
  • this application may refer to the foregoing method as badge display.
  • this application may refer to the foregoing method as turning off the icon display.
  • the corner mark can be displayed in the form of a number, and the number is used to represent the total number of unread messages of all applications in the folder, or the number is used to represent the number of unread messages of the application.
  • This application can be called for Counts badges showing unread messages for a folder or application.
  • the dot display may also be in the form of a dot, which is used to indicate that there are unread messages in a folder or application. This application may be called a dot that displays unread messages in a folder or application.
  • electronic devices can be mobile phones, tablets, laptops, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) devices, ultra-mobile personal computers (ultra-mobile personal computers) , UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (PDA), smart TV, smart screen, high-definition TV, 4K TV, smart speakers, smart projector and other equipment.
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , Antenna 1, Antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193 , display screen 194, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in this application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than illustrated, some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or components may be arranged differently.
  • the components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) wait.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and/or universal serial bus (USB) Interface etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can separately couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 can be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 can be coupled with the audio module 170 through the I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface to implement the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communications to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface to implement the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through the CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, display screen 194, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, sensor module 180, etc.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices, etc.
  • the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in this application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also provide power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, internal memory 121, external memory, display screen 194, camera 193, wireless communication module 160, etc.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites. Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR), etc.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • Wireless communication The signal module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi) -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED organic light-emitting diode
  • FLED flexible light-emitting diode
  • Miniled MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • NPU is a neural network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural network
  • Intelligent cognitive applications of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, etc.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.).
  • the storage data area may store data created during use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • Microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
  • the headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones.
  • the headphone interface 170D can be the USB interface 130, or It is a 3.5mm open mobile electronic device platform (OMTP) standard interface and a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile electronic device platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
  • pressure sensors 180A there are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, etc.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates of conductive material.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure based on the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations acting on the same touch location but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. For example, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the angle at which the electronic device 100 shakes, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • Air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • Magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 may utilize the magnetic sensor 180D to detect opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Then, based on the detected opening and closing status of the leather case or the opening and closing status of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices and be used in horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometer and other applications.
  • Distance sensor 180F for measuring distance.
  • Electronic device 100 can measure distance via infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may utilize the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light outwardly through the light emitting diode.
  • Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect when the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear for talking, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, and pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touching.
  • Fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to achieve fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, fingerprint photography, fingerprint answering of incoming calls, etc.
  • Temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 utilizes the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute the temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to prevent the low temperature from causing the electronic device 100 to shut down abnormally. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 performs boosting on the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near the touch sensor 180K.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 at a location different from that of the display screen 194 .
  • Bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human body's vocal part.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human body's pulse and receive blood pressure beating signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be provided in an earphone and combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vocal vibrating bone obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the heart rate detection function.
  • the buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc.
  • Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibration prompts for incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations for different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 can also respond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios such as time reminders, receiving information, alarm clocks, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also be customized.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate charging status, power changes, or may be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the electronic device 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card, etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • SIM card interface The 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications.
  • the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • This application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 .
  • this application does not limit the type of operating system of the electronic device.
  • Android system Linux system, Windows system, iOS system, Hongmeng operating system (harmony operating system, Hongmeng OS), etc.
  • FIG 2 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom: application layer (APP), application framework layer (APP framework), Android runtime (Android runtime) and system libraries (libraries). And the kernel layer.
  • APP application layer
  • APP framework application framework
  • Android runtime Android runtime
  • system libraries libraries
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include: camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, game, chat, shopping, travel, instant messaging (such as short message), smart home , device control, folders and other applications (application, APP).
  • smart home applications can be used to control or manage home devices with networking capabilities.
  • home appliances may include lights, televisions, and air conditioners.
  • home equipment can also include anti-theft door locks, speakers, sweeping robots, sockets, body fat scales, desk lamps, air purifiers, refrigerators, washing machines, water heaters, microwave ovens, rice cookers, curtains, fans, TVs, set-top boxes, Doors, windows, etc.
  • the application package can also include: desktop (i.e. home screen), negative screen, control center, notification center and other applications.
  • negative one screen also known as "-1 screen” refers to sliding the screen to the right on the home screen of an electronic device until it slides to the leftmost split-screen user interface (UI).
  • the negative screen can be used to place some quick service functions and notification messages, such as global search, quick entry to a certain page of the application (payment code, WeChat, etc.), instant information and reminders (express delivery information, expenditure information, commute traffic conditions, etc.) , taxi travel information, schedule information, etc.) and follow updates (football stands, basketball stands, stock information, etc.), etc.
  • the control center is the slide-up message notification bar of the electronic device, that is, the user interface displayed by the electronic device when the user starts to slide upward on the bottom of the electronic device.
  • the notification center is the drop-down message notification bar of the electronic device, that is, the user interface displayed by the electronic device when the user starts to perform downward operations on the top of the electronic device.
  • the application layer includes: a desktop, and folder 1, folder 2 and application 1 placed on the desktop as an example.
  • folder 1 includes at least application 2
  • folder 2 includes at least application 3.
  • Folder 1 may also include Folder 3 when one folder can be moved to another folder.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • API application programming interface
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, content provider, view system, phone manager, resource manager, notification manager, etc.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs, such as managing window status, properties, view addition, deletion, update, window order, message collection and processing, etc.
  • the window manager can obtain the display size, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • the window manager is the entrance for the outside world to access the window.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make this data accessible to applications.
  • Said data can include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, etc.
  • a view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 .
  • call status management including connected, hung up, etc.
  • the resource manager provides various resources to the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, user interface layout files (layout xml), video files, fonts, colors, user interface components (user interface module, UI component) identity document (ID) (also known as serial number or account number), etc. Furthermore, the resource manager is used to uniformly manage the aforementioned resources.
  • the notification manager allows applications to display notification information (such as unread messages, etc.) in the status bar. It can be used to convey notification-type messages and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be notifications that appear in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of charts or scroll bar text, such as notifications for applications running in the background, or notifications that appear on the screen in the form of conversation windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a beep sounds, the electronic device vibrates, the indicator light flashes, etc.
  • the Android runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine.
  • the Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library contains two parts: one part is the functional functions that need to be called by the Java language, and the other part is the core library of the Android system.
  • the application layer and application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and application framework layer into binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
  • System libraries can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media libraries (media libraries), 3D graphics processing libraries (for example: OpenGLES), 2D graphics engines (for example: SGL), image processing libraries and desktop launchers, etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media libraries media libraries
  • 3D graphics processing libraries for example: OpenGLES
  • 2D graphics engines for example: SGL
  • image processing libraries and desktop launchers etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, composition and layer processing.
  • 2D Graphics Engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the desktop launcher is used to start the desktop, adjust the layout, options and interface of the desktop, and change the theme and icons of the desktop.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the following exemplifies the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 in conjunction with the scenario of using a smart speaker to play sound.
  • the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
  • the kernel layer processes touch operations into raw input events (including touch coordinates, timestamps of touch operations, and other information). Raw input events are stored at the kernel level.
  • the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation and the control corresponding to the click operation as a smart speaker icon control as an example, the smart speaker application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the smart speaker application, and then starts the audio driver by calling the kernel layer. , converting the audio electrical signal into a sound signal through the speaker 170A.
  • the structure illustrated in this application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than illustrated, some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or components may be arranged differently.
  • the components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the electronic device can add attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages.
  • attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages may include: attribute item 11, attribute item 12, and attribute item 13.
  • meanings represented by each attribute item are:
  • Property item 11 Whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages.
  • Attribute item 12 Whether all applications in the folder display icons for unread messages, and when all applications in the folder display icons for unread messages, which method is used to display icons.
  • Attribute item 13 Whether the folder displays the icons of unread messages, and when the folder displays the icons of unread messages, how to display the icons.
  • the electronic device can manage whether to receive the unread messages of all the applications in the folder, and can also manage the folder and the icons of the unread messages of all the applications in the folder. Show/Remove. This facilitates the electronic device to consider the reception of unread messages and the processing of badges at the folder level.
  • the electronic device may provide the user with access to set the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder. After being set by the user, the electronic device can determine the policy settings of the folder and all applications in the folder regarding unread messages, as shown in Table 1.
  • the electronic device may display the open page of the folder in response to the user's operation of opening the folder.
  • the opening page of the folder may include: identification such as icon, name, etc. of each application.
  • the opening page of the folder may also include: control 1, which is used to trigger the display of the entry of the attribute item 11, the attribute item 12, and the attribute item 13 of the folder.
  • the opening page of the folder may also include: control 2. Control 2 is used to add other applications to the folder.
  • the electronic device in response to the operation performed by the user on the open page of the folder or the control 1, can display the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder, so that the user can set the future information of the folder based on user needs. Read the message's property settings.
  • Figures 3A-3J are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 1 in Table 1
  • the mobile phone may display the settings page 11 as exemplarily shown in Figure 3A.
  • settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the count to display the icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set the count to display the unread messages of the folder. Read the message corner icon, and provide access to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder.
  • the setting page 11 may include: area 101 , area 102 and area 103 .
  • Area 101 is used to display the specific content of the attribute item 11 of the folder, and to provide an entry for setting the attribute item 11 of the folder.
  • the area 101 may include: a control 1011, which may be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, and provide an entry for changing the attribute item 11 of the folder.
  • the area 102 is in a changeable state and is used to display the specific content of the attribute item 12 of the folder and provide an entry for setting the attribute item 12 of the folder.
  • area 102 may include: option 1021.
  • Option 1021 may be used to set a corner mark that counts and displays unread messages of all applications in the folder, and is also used to provide changed files. Entry to property item 12 of the folder.
  • Area 103 is in a changeable state and is used to display the specific content of the attribute item 13 of the folder and provide an entry for setting the attribute item 13 of the folder.
  • area 103 may include: option 1031.
  • Option 1031 may be used to set a corner mark for counting and displaying unread messages of the folder, and may also be used to provide an entry for changing the attribute item 13 of the folder.
  • the default attribute settings of the newly created folder usually adopt the settings of the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the attribute item 11, the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder are set as the default attributes.
  • the mobile phone can set the attribute item 11, the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder. Make changes.
  • Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 4 in Table 1
  • settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder not to receive unread messages, set to close the corner display of unread messages of all applications in the folder, and set to close the unread messages of all applications in the folder.
  • the corner icon of the read message is displayed, and the entry for changing the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
  • the area 101 in the settings page 11 may include: a control 1012.
  • the control 1012 may be used to set all applications in the folder not to receive unread messages, and provide options for changing the property items 11 of the folder. Entrance.
  • the area 102 in the settings page 11 changes from a changeable state to an unchangeable state.
  • the color can be switched to indicate the change of the state.
  • the area 102 can be used to set the future for closing all applications in the folder.
  • the icon for reading the message is displayed.
  • the area 102 in FIG. 3B can be displayed according to the setting of the attribute item 12 of the folder 1 before changing the attribute item 11 of the folder, such as displaying the "count" shown in the area 102 in FIG. 3A .
  • the area 103 in the settings page 11 can be changed from a changeable state to an unchangeable state. For example, the color can be switched to indicate the change of the state.
  • the area 103 can be used to set the corner mark display of unread messages that close the folder. Under normal circumstances, the area 103 in Figure 3B cannot be triggered, and can be displayed according to the setting of the attribute item 13 of the folder 1 before changing the attribute item 11 of the folder, such as "area 103 in Figure 3A" is displayed. count".
  • area 102 and area 103 in the settings page 11 can be directly hidden, that is, no longer displayed.
  • the mobile phone may display the settings page 12 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 3D.
  • the settings page 12 can be used to provide three ways of providing the attribute items 12 of the folder. These three ways include respectively: turning off the corner display of unread messages of all applications in the folder, and counting and displaying all unread messages in the folder.
  • the icon of the unread messages of the application and the dots display the icons of the unread messages of all applications in the folder.
  • the setting page 12 may include: option 1041, option 1042, and option 1043.
  • Option 1041 is used to set the icon display of unread messages that closes all applications in this folder.
  • Option 1042 is used to set a marker that counts and displays unread messages for all applications in the folder.
  • Option 1043 is used to set the dot to display the unread messages of all applications in the folder.
  • the settings page 12 can also be used to provide a portal back to the settings page 11 from the settings page 12 .
  • the settings page 12 may also include: a control 105 , and the control 105 may be used to trigger a return to the settings page 11 .
  • the mobile phone may display the settings page 13 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 3E.
  • the settings page 13 can be used to provide three ways of providing the attribute items 13 of the folder.
  • the three ways include respectively: turning off the corner display of unread messages of the folder, and counting and displaying the corners of the unread messages of the folder.
  • the icon and dots display the icons of unread messages for that folder.
  • the setting page 13 may include: option 1061, option 1062, and option 1063.
  • Option 1061 is used to set the icon display of unread messages that close the folder.
  • Option 1062 is used to set the index to count and display unread messages in this folder.
  • Option 1063 is used to set the dot to display the corner mark of unread messages in this folder.
  • the settings page 13 can also be used to provide a portal back to the settings page 11 from the settings page 13 .
  • the settings page 13 may also include: a control 107 , and the control 107 may be used to trigger a return to the settings page 11 .
  • Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 3 in Table 1
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1041 in the settings page 12 and option 1061 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can display the settings page 11 in Figure 3A The settings page 11 shown exemplarily in FIG. 3F is displayed.
  • the settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set to close the corner display of unread messages of all applications in the folder, and set to close the icons of the unread messages in the folder.
  • the corner icon of unread messages is displayed, and the entrance to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
  • Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 1 in Table 1
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the operation of changing the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1063 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can change from displaying the settings page 11 in Figure 3A to displaying the settings page exemplarily shown in Figure 3G 11.
  • settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the count to display the corner icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set dots to display the file.
  • the index of the unread message of the folder is provided, and the entrance for changing the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
  • Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 1 in Table 1
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1043 in the settings page 12 and option 1063 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can display the settings page 11 in Figure 3A The setting page 11 shown exemplarily in FIG. 3H is displayed.
  • the settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the dots to display the icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set the dots to display the unread messages.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute item 13 of the folder (such as clicking on the settings page 13). After selecting option 1061), the display of the settings page 11 of FIG. 3A can be changed to the display of the settings page 11 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3I.
  • the settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the count to display the icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set the icon to close the folder.
  • the corner icon of unread messages is displayed, and the entrance to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
  • Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 2 in Table 1
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1043 in the settings page 12 and option 1061 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can display the settings page 11 in Figure 3A The setting page 11 shown exemplarily in FIG. 3J is displayed.
  • settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set dots to display the corner icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set to close the folder.
  • the corner icon of unread messages is displayed, and the entrance to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
  • the electronic device can set policies on unread messages for all applications in the folder based on the attribute settings of the folder on unread messages.
  • the electronic device can also manage whether the application's unread messages are received based on the application's attribute settings for unread messages, and can also manage whether the application's unread messages are displayed as icons. And the way the corner mark is displayed. Therefore, it is helpful for the electronic device to consider the reception of unread messages and the processing of badges from the application level.
  • the application's attribute settings for unread messages may include: attribute item 21 and attribute item 22.
  • Property item 21 Whether the application receives unread messages.
  • Attribute item 22 Whether the application displays the icons of unread messages, and when the application displays the icons of unread messages, which method is used to display the icons.
  • the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages and the attribute settings of the application regarding unread messages have overlapping attribute items, that is, the attribute item 11 of the folder and the attribute item 21 of the application, and the attribute item 12 of the folder and Application property item 22.
  • the electronic device can set the folder and the application in combination with the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages and the attribute settings of the application regarding unread messages. All applications in this folder are concerned with receiving unread messages and processing badges.
  • the application layer of the electronic device includes: the desktop, and Folder 1, Folder 2 and Application 1 placed on the desktop as an example.
  • folder 1 includes at least application 2
  • folder 2 includes at least application 3.
  • Folder 1 may also include Folder 3 when one folder can be moved to another folder.
  • the electronic device synchronizes the attribute settings of the unread messages of the folder to the attribute settings of the unread messages of the application, and can set the policy settings of the folder and all the applications in the folder regarding the unread messages.
  • the electronic device may store the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the folder 1 .
  • the electronic device can synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1, that is, the attribute item 22 of application 1 can be synchronized with the attribute item 22 of application 1.
  • the step is the attribute item 12 of the folder 1, and the attribute items 21 and 22 of the application 1 are stored.
  • the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in folder 1 and folder 1.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in folder 1.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 1 and folder 1 is used to indicate that folder 1 includes application 1.
  • the electronic device may store the attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the folder 2.
  • the electronic device can synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 as the attribute item 11 of folder 2, synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 3 as the attribute item 12 of folder 2, and store the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 3.
  • the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in the folder 2 and the folder 2.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in the folder 2.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 3 and folder 2 is used to indicate that folder 2 includes application 3.
  • the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1, Synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 1 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
  • the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 to the attribute item of folder 1. 11. Synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 3 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 3 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 of application 1 consistent with the attribute item 11 of folder 1, and keep the attribute item 22 of application 1 consistent with the attribute item 12 of folder 1. .
  • the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 2, and synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item of folder 2. 11. Synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 2. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 1 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 2.
  • Folder 2 can be regarded as an application, and the specific implementation process of moving application 1 to folder 1 is similar.
  • the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 11 of folder 2 to the attribute item of folder 1. 11. Synchronize the attribute item 12 of folder 2 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 13 of folder 2 to the attribute item 13 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of folder 2 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the desktop launcher and notification manager in the operating system of the electronic device can perform the following steps:
  • the desktop launcher obtains the attribute item 21 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 receives unread messages.
  • the desktop launcher After determining that application 1 receives unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S12; after determining that application 1 does not receive unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S19.
  • the desktop launcher receives unread messages from application 1.
  • the desktop launcher sends unread messages of application 1 to the notification manager, such as quantity, content, etc.
  • the notification manager obtains the attribute item 22 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
  • the notification manager executes S15; when it is determined that the application 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S19.
  • the notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of Application 1 based on the unread messages of Application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of Application 1 is 2, then the index of the unread messages of Application 1 is increase by 2.
  • the notification manager may also determine, based on the attribute item 22 of Application 1, how to display the corner mark of the unread messages of Application 1, such as count display or dot display.
  • the notification manager determines whether application 1 is in the folder.
  • the notification manager can obtain the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1. Therefore, based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is in the folder and determine that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
  • the notification manager may not be able to obtain the corresponding relationship between App 1 and any folder. Thus, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is on the desktop or in the application library without updating the folder's index of unread messages.
  • the notification manager executes S162; when it is determined that application 1 is not in the folder, the notification manager executes S19.
  • the notification manager determines that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
  • the notification manager obtains the attribute item 13 of folder 1, and determines whether folder 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
  • the notification manager executes S18; when it is determined that the folder 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S19.
  • the notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of folder 1 based on the unread messages of application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of application 1 is 2, then the number of unread messages of folder 1 is 2. The corner mark increases by 2.
  • the notification manager may also determine the angle of the unread message of folder 1 based on the attribute item 13 of folder 1. How the mark is displayed, such as count display or dot display.
  • the end here refers to: the desktop launcher ends execution: application 1 regarding the reception of unread messages in the current round. Moreover, the desktop launcher can continue to execute S11 in Figure 4 to determine whether to receive unread messages from Application 1 in the next round.
  • the end here refers to: the notification manager ends execution: the update of the index of unread messages by application 1 and folder 1 in the current round.
  • the desktop launcher can continue to send the unread messages of application 1 from the desktop launcher through S13 in FIG. 4 to determine whether to update the tags of application 1 and folder 1 regarding the unread messages in the next round.
  • the electronic device synchronizes the attribute item 11 of the folder to the attribute item 21 of the application program, and the attribute item 12 of the folder synchronizes the attribute item 22 of the application program, and can set the folder in accordance with the attribute item 21 of the application program.
  • the attribute item 22 of the folder Whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages can be set according to the property item 22 of the application whether the unread messages of all applications in the folder will be displayed as icons and in what way to display the icons. You can set them according to the attribute item 22 of the folder.
  • Attribute item 13 sets whether the unread messages of the folder are displayed as icons and in what manner.
  • the electronic device uses the correspondence between the folder and the application to synchronize the attribute settings based on unread messages to the application's attribute settings about unread messages, and can set the folder and all applications in the folder.
  • the program's policy settings for unread messages are not limited to:
  • the electronic device may store the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the folder 1 .
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 and the attribute item 22 of Application 1 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of Application 1 as the attribute item 11 of Folder 1, nor synchronize the attribute item 22 of Application 1 as a file.
  • the attribute item 12 of folder 1 is stored, and the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 1 are stored.
  • the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in the folder 1 and the folder 1.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in the folder 1.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 1 and folder 1 is used to indicate that folder 1 includes application 1.
  • the electronic device may store the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the folder 2 .
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 3 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 as the attribute item 11 of folder 2, nor synchronizes the attribute item 22 of application 3 as a file.
  • the attribute item 12 of folder 2 is stored, and the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 3 are stored.
  • the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in the folder 2 and the folder 2.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in the folder 2.
  • the aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 3 and folder 2 is used to indicate that folder 2 includes application 3.
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 1 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1.
  • the property item 22 of Application 1 synchronized to the property item 12 of Folder 1 . Therefore, the attribute settings of Application 1 and the attribute settings of Folder 1 are set separately.
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 3 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 to the attribute item of folder 1. 11, nor synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 3 and the attribute settings of folder 1 are set separately.
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of the application 1 unchanged.
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute items 21 of application 1 to the attribute items of folder 2. 11, nor synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 2. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 1 and the attribute settings of folder 2 are set separately.
  • Folder 2 can be regarded as an application, and the specific implementation process of moving application 1 to folder 1 is similar.
  • the electronic device can keep the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 2 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 11 of folder 2 as a file.
  • the attribute item 11 of folder 1 is not synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder 2, nor is the attribute item 13 of folder 2 synchronized to the attribute item 13 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of folder 2 and the attribute settings of folder 1 are set separately.
  • the property settings of Folder 2 and each application in Folder 2 are set separately from the property settings of Folder 1.
  • the electronic device can establish a corresponding relationship between each application in folder 2 and folder 1.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the desktop launcher and notification manager in the operating system of the electronic device can perform the following steps:
  • the desktop launcher determines whether application 1 is in the folder.
  • the desktop launcher can obtain the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1. Therefore, based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the desktop launcher can determine that application 1 is in the folder and determine that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
  • the desktop launcher cannot obtain the corresponding relationship between App 1 and any folder. Thus, the desktop launcher can determine that application 1 is on the desktop or in the application library without updating the folder's unread message index.
  • the notification manager executes S221-S222; when it is determined that application 1 is not in the folder When the file is in the folder, the notification manager executes S223.
  • the desktop launcher determines that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
  • the desktop launcher obtains the attribute item 11 of folder 1, and determines whether application 1 receives unread messages.
  • the desktop launcher obtains the attribute item 21 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 receives unread messages.
  • the desktop launcher executes S23; when it is determined that application 1 does not receive unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S20.
  • the desktop launcher receives unread messages from application 1.
  • the desktop launcher sends unread messages of application 1 to the notification manager, such as quantity, content, etc.
  • the notification manager determines whether application 1 is in the folder.
  • the notification manager can obtain the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1. Therefore, based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is in the folder and determine that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
  • the notification manager may not be able to obtain the corresponding relationship between App 1 and any folder.
  • the notification manager can determine that application 1 is on the desktop or in the application library without updating the folder's index of unread messages.
  • the notification manager executes S261-S262; when it is determined that application 1 is not in the folder, the notification manager executes S263.
  • the notification manager determines that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
  • the notification manager obtains the attribute item 12 of the folder 1, and determines whether the application 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
  • the notification manager executes S271-S29; when it is determined that the application 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S20.
  • the notification manager obtains the attribute item 22 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
  • the notification manager executes S272 and S20; when it is determined that the application 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S20.
  • the notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of Application 1 based on the unread messages of Application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of Application 1 is 2, then the number of unread messages of Application 1 is 2. The corner mark increases by 2.
  • the notification manager may also determine the method for displaying the badges of unread messages of Application 1 based on the attribute item 12 of Folder 1 in S262, such as Count display or dot display.
  • the notification manager may also determine, based on the attribute item 22 of Application 1 in S263, how to display the icons of the unread messages of Application 1, such as counting display or Dot display.
  • the notification manager obtains the attribute item 13 of the folder 1, and determines whether the folder 1 displays the icon of the unread message. When it is determined to display the icon of folder 1, the manager is notified to perform S29; when it is determined not to display the icon of folder 1, the manager is notified to perform S20.
  • the notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of folder 1 based on the unread messages of application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of application 1 is 2, then the number of unread messages of folder 1 is 2. The corner mark increases by 2.
  • the notification manager can also determine, based on the attribute item 13 of folder 1, how to display the corner markers of unread messages in folder 1, such as count display or dot display.
  • the end here refers to: the desktop launcher ends execution: application 1 regarding the reception of unread messages in the current round. Moreover, the desktop launcher can continue to execute S21 in Figure 5 to determine whether to receive unread messages of application 1 in the next round.
  • the end here refers to: the notification manager ends execution: the update of the index of unread messages by application 1 and folder 1 in the current round.
  • the desktop launcher can continue to send the unread messages of application 1 from the desktop launcher through S24 in FIG. 5 to determine whether to update the tags of application 1 and folder 1 regarding the unread messages in the next round.
  • the electronic device can set whether all the applications in the folder receive unread messages according to the attribute item 21 of the application or the attribute item 11 of the folder.
  • the attribute item 22 of the folder or the attribute item 12 of the folder set whether the unread messages of all applications in the folder display icons and the method of displaying icons. You can set the folder according to the attribute item 13 of the folder. Whether the unread message should be displayed with a badge and in what manner.
  • Figures 6A-6D are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 22 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A .
  • the user interface 22 can be used to provide access to settings such as desktop and wallpaper, display, sound, notification center, applications, battery, storage, healthy use of mobile phone, security and privacy, intelligent assistance, user and account and system options.
  • the user interface 22 may include: option 221 , which is used to provide an entry for setting the attribute settings of unread messages for each application installed in the mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the user interface 23 can be used to display attribute settings regarding unread messages for each application installed in the mobile phone.
  • the setting page 13 may include: area 231 , area 232 , area 233 , area 234 and area 235 .
  • Area 231 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the email application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the email application.
  • the mobile phone has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 21 of the email application The email application does not receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of the email application Do not display the corner icon of unread messages of the email application.
  • Area 232 is used to display the property items 21 and 22 of the Huawei video application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the property items 21 and 22 of the Huawei video application.
  • the mobile phone has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 22 of Huawei Video App Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of Huawei Video App.
  • Area 233 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application.
  • the mobile phone has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Area 234 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the WeChat application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the WeChat application.
  • the mobile phone has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Area 235 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the sports and health application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the sports and health application.
  • the mobile phone has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 21 of sports and health applications Sports and health applications do not receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of the sports and health application Do not display the corner icon of unread messages of the sports and health application.
  • the default attribute settings of the newly created folder are exemplified by using the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 21 as exemplarily shown in Figure 6C.
  • the user interface 21 may be the home screen of the desktop, and the user interface 21 may include but is not limited to: a status bar, a navigation bar, a calendar indicator, a weather indicator, and multiple application identifiers (such as names and icon) etc.
  • the application identification at least includes: Huawei video application identification 601, setting identification 602, WeChat application identification 603, QQ application identification 604, sports and health application identification 605 and common folder identification 606.
  • Common folders include electronic files.
  • Mail applications and calculator applications may also include: weather logos, music logos, phone manager logos, call application logos, instant messaging logos, browser logos, camera logos, etc.
  • the user interface 21 can also be used to display the unread message icon 6011 of the Huawei Video application, the unread message icon 6031 of the WeChat application, and the unread message icon 6041 of the QQ application.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to combine the QQ application and the WeChat application into a new folder (such as long pressing the QQ application logo 604 in Figure 6C and dragging it to the WeChat application logo 603), it can The display of the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6C changes to the display of the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6D.
  • the identifier 604 of the QQ application Compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6C, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D, the identifier 604 of the QQ application, the icon 6041 of the unread message of the QQ application, the identifier 603 of the WeChat application and the unread message of the WeChat application.
  • the message icon 6031 is no longer displayed, and the icon 607 of the chat folder and the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder are added.
  • the logo 607 of the chat folder is displayed in the position of the logo 603 of the WeChat application, and the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder is displayed in the upper right corner of the icon of the chat folder.
  • the icon of the chat folder includes the WeChat application.
  • the user interface 21 can also be used to provide an entry for displaying the attribute items 11 , 12 and 13 of the chat folder.
  • operations such as clicks, long presses, etc. triggered on the identification 607 of the chat folder may trigger the display of attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the chat folder.
  • special gesture operations such as opening a palm, clenching a fist, etc. triggered on the user interface 21 may trigger the display of the attribute items 11 , 12 and 13 of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone can set the following content for the chat folder:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of the chat folder Count and display the corner markers of unread messages of QQ applications and WeChat applications in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder Count and display the corner mark of unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone can synchronize the attribute item 11 of the chat folder to the attribute item 21 of the QQ application and the attribute item 21 of the WeChat application, and synchronize the attribute item 12 of the chat folder to the attribute item 21 of the QQ application.
  • Attribute item 22 and attribute item 22 of WeChat application Therefore, the mobile phone can set the icon of the unread message of the QQ application according to the attribute item 21 and the attribute item 22 of the synchronized QQ application, and can set the WeChat icon according to the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of the synchronized WeChat application. Icon for the app's unread messages.
  • the mobile phone can follow the attribute items 11 and attributes of the chat folder.
  • Item 12 Set the icon of the unread messages of the QQ application, and based on the correspondence between the WeChat application and the chat folder, you can set the unread messages of the WeChat application according to the attribute item 11 and attribute item 12 of the chat folder. icon.
  • the mobile phone has set the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 7A-7C are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A twenty four.
  • the user interface 24 can be used to display the attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the current chat folder, and provide an entrance to change the attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the chat folder.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A please refer to the description of the setting page 11 shown in FIG. 3A, and will not be described again here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to open the chat folder (such as clicking on the chat folder icon 607 in Figure 6D, or clicking on the control 108 in Figure 7A), the mobile phone can display the user interface shown in the example of Figure 7B 25. Among them, the user interface 25 can be used to display the opening page of the chat folder.
  • user interface 25 may include: area 608 and area 609.
  • Area 608 is used to display the name of the chat folder and provide an entrance to modify the name of the chat folder.
  • Area 609 is used to display the logo 610 of the QQ application, the logo 6101 of the unread messages of the QQ application, the logo 611 of the WeChat application, and the logo 6111 of the unread messages of the WeChat application.
  • the corner mark 6101 of the unread messages of the QQ application can display the number of unread messages of the QQ application in a numerical manner.
  • the corner mark 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application may be displayed in the upper right corner of the icon of the QQ application.
  • the corner mark 6111 of the unread messages of the WeChat application can display the number of unread messages of the WeChat application in a numerical manner.
  • the corner mark 6111 of the unread message of the WeChat application may be displayed in the upper right corner of the icon of the WeChat application.
  • the user interface 25 can also be used to add other applications to the chat folder, as well as move applications in the chat folder to the desktop or delete applications in the chat folder.
  • the user interface 25 may also include: control 612, which may be used to add other applications to the chat folder, and may also be used to move applications in the chat folder to the desktop or delete applications in the chat folder. .
  • This application does not limit parameters such as size, position, color, shape, etc. of the control 612.
  • control 612 may be disposed in area 609.
  • the user interface 25 can also be used to provide an entry for displaying the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the chat folder.
  • operations such as clicks, long presses, etc. triggered on the user interface 25 may trigger the display of the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the chat folder. Therefore, after receiving the trigger operation on the user interface 25, the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B to the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A.
  • the user interface 25 may also include: a control 613.
  • the control 613 may be used to trigger the display of the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the chat folder to facilitate the setting of the chat folder. Switches between the page and the open page of the chat folder.
  • This application does not limit parameters such as size, position, color, shape, etc. of the control 613.
  • control 613 may be positioned above area 609. Therefore, after receiving the operation triggered on the control 613, the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B to the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the icon of the QQ application as shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 7C Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 7C.
  • the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6041 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed as "2", and the icon of the chat folder is displayed.
  • the thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the app, and the icon of the unread messages in the chat folder changes from "20" to "18".
  • the mobile phone can display the chat folder on the desktop, the settings page of the chat folder, and the open page of the chat folder, which not only facilitates the user to view the property settings of the current chat folder regarding unread messages, but also facilitates the user to view the chat file. All applications in the folder.
  • the mobile phone moves the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop, it can count and display the corner icons of the unread messages of the QQ application according to the initial QQ application's attribute settings for unread messages, or it can count and display the corner icons of the unread messages of the QQ application according to the chat folder. Regarding the attribute settings of unread messages, continue to count and display the corner icons of unread messages in QQ applications.
  • the mobile phone can also provide the user with an entrance to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages.
  • the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to those shown in Figure 3G. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown.
  • the phone is set with the following content:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of the chat folder Count and display the corner markers of unread messages of QQ applications and WeChat applications in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After adopting the method one shown in Figure 4 or the method two shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of unread messages in the chat folder (such as After triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1063 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 8A may be displayed.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G, and will not be described again here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder indicated by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 8A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 8A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 7B. It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3G , the attribute items 11 and 12 of the chat folder remain unchanged. Therefore, the mobile phone can display the same opening page of the chat folder according to the settings page 11 of FIG. 3A and FIG. 3G respectively, that is, the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 8A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 7B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 8B may be displayed.
  • the attribute item 13 of the chat folder is still displayed as a marker, but the display mode of the marker is changed from a count display to a dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 8B, the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder is changed to the icon 6072 of the unread messages of the chat folder. , that is, changing from count display to dot display.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 8C Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 8C.
  • the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6041 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed as "2", and the icon of the chat folder is displayed.
  • the thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the app, and the corner icon 6072 of the unread messages in the chat folder continues to be displayed.
  • the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3H Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
  • the phone is set with the following content:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of the chat folder The dots display the corner marks of unread messages of the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of the QQ application The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of the WeChat application The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the WeChat application.
  • the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 9A-9D are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1021 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1043 in settings page 12 shown in Figure 3D , and by triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1063 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9A can be displayed.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H please refer to the description of the setting page 11 shown in Figure 3H, and will not be described again here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder indicated by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 9A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 9A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 9B.
  • the attribute item 11 of the chat folder remains unchanged, and the attribute item 12 of the chat folder keeps the icon displayed, but the icon The display mode changes from counting display to dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B, in the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 9B, the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application changes to the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application, and the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application changes from the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application.
  • the icon 6111 of the unread message of the application changes to the icon 6112 of the unread message of the WeChat application, that is, it changes from the count display to the dot display.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 9A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the area in Figure 9B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. After removing the remaining areas), the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 8B may be displayed.
  • the attribute item 13 of the chat folder is still displayed as a marker, but the display mode of the marker is changed from a count display to a dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 8B, the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder is changed to the icon 6072 of the unread messages of the chat folder. , that is, changing from count display to dot display.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9C .
  • the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count” to "receive-dot".
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the icon of the QQ application as shown in Figure 9B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example of Figure 9D. Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 9D.
  • the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6042 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed, and the icon of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
  • the thumbnail of the QQ application icon and the corner icon 6072 of the unread messages in the chat folder continue to be displayed.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 9B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 8C Interface 21.
  • the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3I Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
  • the phone is set with the following content:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of the chat folder Count and display the corner markers of unread messages of QQ applications and WeChat applications in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After adopting the method one shown in Figure 4 or the method two shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 10A to 10C are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1031 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1061 in settings page 13 shown in Figure 3E ), the user interface 24 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 10A may be displayed.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3I.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3I please refer to the description of the setting page 11 shown in Figure 3I, and will not be described again here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 10A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 10A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 7B. It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3I , the attribute items 11 and 12 of the chat folder remain unchanged. Therefore, the mobile phone can display the same opening page of the chat folder according to the settings page 11 of FIG. 3A and FIG. 3I respectively, that is, the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 10A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 7B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
  • the property item 13 of the chat folder changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
  • the QQ application and the WeChat application have their respective attribute items 21 and 22
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 10C.
  • the logo of the QQ application shows that the icon 6041 of the unread messages of the QQ application is displayed as "2", and the thumbnail of the icon of the QQ application is no longer displayed in the icon of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3J Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
  • the phone is set with the following content:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of the chat folder The dots display the corner marks of unread messages of the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of the QQ application The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of the WeChat application The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the WeChat application.
  • the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 11A and 11B are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1021 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1043 in settings page 12 shown in Figure 3D , and by triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1061 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 11A can be displayed.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 11A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 11A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 9B.
  • the attribute items 11 of the chat folder remain unchanged.
  • Property item 12 of the chat folder keeps the icon displayed, but the way the icon is displayed changes from the design.
  • the number display changes to dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B, in the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 9B, the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application changes to the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application, and the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application changes from the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application.
  • the icon 6111 of the unread message of the application changes to the icon 6112 of the unread message of the WeChat application, that is, it changes from the count display to the dot display.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 11A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 9B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
  • the property item 13 of the chat folder changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9C .
  • the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count” to "receive-dot".
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the icon of the QQ application as shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 11B Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 11B.
  • the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6042 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed, and the icon of the chat folder is no longer displayed. Thumbnail of the QQ application icon.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21.
  • the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3F Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
  • the phone is set with the following content:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages
  • Property item 12 of the chat folder Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • QQ application property item 22 Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Property item 22 of the WeChat application Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the WeChat application.
  • the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 12A-12D are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1021 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1041 in settings page 12 shown in Figure 3D , and by triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1061 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 12A can be displayed.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F, and will not be described again here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 12A), the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 as exemplarily shown in Figure 12B.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 12A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 12B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
  • the attribute item 13 of the chat folder in Figure 12A changes from the icon display to Turn off the badge display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
  • the mobile phone When using the method shown in Figure 4, for QQ applications and WeChat applications, according to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F, the attribute items 21 of each application remain unchanged, and the attribute items 22 of each application change. . Therefore, after the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of viewing the attribute settings of unread messages by the application (such as clicking option 221 in FIG. 6A ), the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 12C .
  • the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count” to "receive-not display".
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 12D. Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 12D.
  • the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, and the thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the icon of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21.
  • the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to those shown in Figure 3B/ Figure 3C. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown.
  • the phone is set with the following content:
  • Property item 11 of the chat folder QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder do not receive unread messages
  • Property item 12 of the chat folder Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
  • Property item 13 of the chat folder Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • QQ application attribute item 21 QQ application does not receive unread messages
  • QQ application property item 22 Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application does not receive unread messages
  • Property item 22 of the WeChat application Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the WeChat application.
  • the mobile phone sets the following content:
  • Attribute item 21 of QQ application QQ application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of QQ application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
  • Attribute item 21 of WeChat application WeChat application receives unread messages
  • Attribute item 22 of WeChat application Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
  • Figures 13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of changing the property settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as changing the control 1011 in the settings page 11 to the control 1012 by triggering the click shown in FIG. 7A ), the mobile phone may display the example shown in FIG. 13A User interface 24 is shown.
  • the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C.
  • the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3C, and will not be described again here.
  • the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 13A), the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 as exemplarily shown in Figure 12B.
  • the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas except the settings page 11 in Figure 13A, or clicking on the remaining areas except area 608, area 609 and control 613 in Figure 12B ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
  • the attribute item 13 of the chat folder in FIG. 13A changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 13B .
  • the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count” to "no reception".
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 12D. Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 12D.
  • the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, and the thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the icon of the chat folder.
  • the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21.
  • the electronic device can provide the user with an entrance to change the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages through the folder's settings page, and provide multiple display methods for the folder regarding unread messages and all applications in the folder. .
  • the desktop of the electronic device may include: folder a, folder b, and folder c.
  • folder a includes at least application a
  • folder b includes at least application b
  • folder c includes at least application c.
  • Figure 14 shows a schematic diagram of the desktop display of three folders and the open page of each folder provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device has the following content:
  • Attribute item 11 of folder a All applications in folder a do not receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of folder a Displays the icons of unread messages of all applications in folder a;
  • Attribute item 13 of folder a Displays the index of unread messages of folder a.
  • folder a can display the icon of unread messages on the desktop display, and application a can display the icon of unread messages on the open page of folder a.
  • the electronic device has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 11 of folder b All applications in folder b do not receive unread messages
  • Attribute item 12 of folder b Displays the icons of unread messages of all applications in folder b;
  • Property item 13 of folder b Turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in folder b.
  • folder b can turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in the desktop display, and application b can display the icons of unread messages in the open page of folder b.
  • the electronic device has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 11 of folder c All applications in folder c receive unread messages or do not receive unread messages;
  • Property item 12 of folder c Turn off the display of unread message icons for all applications in folder c;
  • Property item 13 of folder c Turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in folder c.
  • folder c can turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in the desktop display, and application c can display the icons of unread messages in the open page of folder c.
  • the electronic device can provide the user with various channels to change the attribute settings of the application regarding unread messages, which is conducive to meeting the user's needs in a timely manner.
  • the desktop of the electronic device may also include: application 1.
  • the electronic device has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 21 of Application 1 Application 1 receives unread messages but does not receive unread messages;
  • Attribute item 22 of application 1 Displays the icon of unread messages of application 1.
  • application 1 displays the icon of unread messages on the desktop display.
  • Figure 15A shows a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the message processing method of this application may include:
  • folder c changes from including application c to including application 1 and application c.
  • folder c After application 1 is included in folder c, the attribute item 21 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 11 of folder c, and the attribute item 22 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder c. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder c to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder c changes from including application 1 and application c to including application c, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
  • folder c After application 1 is included in folder c, the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 are not synchronized. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder c to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder c changes from including application 1 and application c to including application c, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute setting of a folder regarding unread messages in advance to the effect that the user expects not to display the badge. For example, by using the attribute setting of folder c regarding unread messages, by changing the application/another file You can quickly delete an application/another file by moving it to the folder, or moving the application/another folder to the folder and moving the application/another folder from the folder to the desktop.
  • the folder's unread message icon For example, by using the attribute setting of folder c regarding unread messages, by changing the application/another file You can quickly delete an application/another file by moving it to the folder, or moving the application/another folder to the folder and moving the application/another folder from the folder to the desktop. The folder's unread message icon.
  • the desktop of the electronic device may also include: application 1.
  • the electronic device has the following settings:
  • Attribute item 21 of Application 1 Application 1 receives unread messages or does not receive unread messages;
  • Property item 22 of application 1 Turn off the display of the icons of unread messages of application 1.
  • Application 1 does not display the icon of unread messages on the desktop display.
  • Figures 15B to 15C are schematic flow charts of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the message processing method of this application may include:
  • folder a changes from including application a to including application 1 and application a.
  • folder a After application 1 is included in folder a, the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 are not synchronized. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder a to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder a changes from including application 1 and application a to including application a, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
  • the message processing method of this application may include: S81. Move application 1 from the desktop to folder b.
  • folder b changes from including application b to including application 1 and application b.
  • folder b After application 1 is included in folder b, the attribute item 21 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 11 of folder b, and the attribute item 22 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder b. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder b to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder b changes from including application 1 and application b to including application b, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
  • folder b After application 1 is included in folder b, the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 are not synchronized. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder b to the desktop, folder b changes from including application 1 and application b to including application b in the desktop display, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
  • the electronic device can pre-set the attribute settings of a folder regarding unread messages to the display effect expected by the user, and use the folder (such as folder a, folder b or folder c) to display the attributes of unread messages.
  • Folding such as folder a, folder b or folder c
  • Property settings by moving an application/another folder into this folder, or by moving an application/another folder into this folder and moving an application/another folder from this folder to Desktop, you can quickly modify the property settings of unread messages of applications/folders on the desktop/folder, which is helpful to simplify user operations.
  • this application provides a message processing method.
  • Figure 16 shows a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the message processing method of this application can be executed by electronic equipment.
  • electronic equipment For specific implementation methods of the electronic equipment, please refer to the description of the electronic equipment mentioned above, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the first application includes one or more application programs.
  • the first application may be a QQ application.
  • the attribute information of the first application is specific attribute information set according to the attributes of the first application.
  • the properties of the first application include at least one of whether to receive unread messages, or a display mode of the application badge.
  • the specific implementation method of the attribute information of the first application please refer to the description of the attribute setting of unread messages by application 1 mentioned above. For example, attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 1.
  • the first folder includes one or more applications, and may also include one or more folders, or may include applications and folders.
  • the first folder may be a chat folder.
  • the attribute information of the first folder is specific attribute information set according to the attributes of the first folder.
  • the properties of the first folder include at least one of whether to receive unread messages or a display mode of application badges.
  • the specific implementation method of the attribute information of the first folder please refer to the description of the attribute settings of unread messages of folder 1 mentioned above. For example, attribute item 11 and attribute item 12 of folder 1.
  • the attribute information of the first application when used to indicate receiving unread messages and displaying an application icon, it can be understood as displaying an icon of the unread messages of the first application on the desktop.
  • the attribute information of the first application when used to indicate receiving unread messages, not displaying the application icon, or not receiving unread messages, it can be understood as displaying the attribute information of the first application in the settings of the electronic device, as shown in Figure 6B.
  • the user interface 23 shown in Figure 9C, Figure 12C, and Figure 13B.
  • the attribute information of the first folder can be understood as displaying the icon of the unread message of the first folder on the desktop, or can also be understood as displaying the icon of the first folder on the settings page of the first folder.
  • Attribute information is the user interface 24 shown in Figure 7A, Figure 8A, Figure 9A, Figure 10A, Figure 11A, Figure 12A, and Figure 13A.
  • S102 Receive a first operation input by the user.
  • the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
  • the type of the first operation may include but is not limited to: at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press.
  • the first operation may be an operation in which the user long-presses the icon of the first application and drags the icon of the first application from the desktop to the icon of the first file.
  • the attribute item 21 of the first application is synchronized to the attribute item of the first folder.
  • the attribute item 22 of the first application is synchronized to the attribute item 12 of the first folder. That is to say, the attribute information of the first application is set as the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the attribute item 21 of the first application is not synchronized to the attribute item 11 of the first folder
  • the attribute item 22 of the first application is not synchronized to the attribute item of the first folder. 12
  • the electronic device displays the badge of the first application, it is based on the attribute information of the first folder (ie, the attribute item 11 and the attribute item 12 of the first folder). It can also be regarded as setting the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder.
  • electronic equipment can specifically perform the following operations:
  • the attribute information of the first folder can be set to be to receive unread messages and display the application badge.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and display the description of the application icon.
  • the icons of the unread messages of the first application can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 6D and FIG. 7B.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application
  • the icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 8B and FIG. 7B.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application
  • the icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 8B and FIG. 9B.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application
  • the icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can refer to the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 7B.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application
  • the icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 9B.
  • the attribute information of the first folder can be set to be to receive unread messages and not display the application icon.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and display the description of the application icon.
  • the icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can refer to the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 12B.
  • the attribute information of the first folder can be set to not to receive unread messages and not to display application icons.
  • the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and display a description of the application icon.
  • the icon of the unread message of the first application can be seen in the figure. 10B.
  • the electronic device can also provide the user with an entrance to change the attribute information of the first folder, so that the user can quickly modify the attribute settings of the first folder regarding unread messages in a timely manner.
  • a trigger operation is received for the first folder.
  • a setting page of the first folder may be displayed, and the setting page of the first folder is used to set attribute information of the first folder.
  • this application does not limit the specific implementation of the trigger operation and the setting page of the first folder.
  • the settings page of the first folder please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in FIGS. 3A to 3J and the user interface 24 shown in FIG. 7A .
  • the triggering operation includes any one of the following operations: an operation triggered on the icon or name of the first folder (see the operation of the user long-pressing on the icon 607 of the chat folder in Figure 6D); An operation triggered on a blank area in the first folder (see the user's operation on the blank area of area 609 in FIG. 7B), or an operation triggered on a control in the first folder (see the user's operation on the blank area of area 609 in FIG. 7B). operations on control 613 in Figure 7B).
  • the electronic device may also perform the following process:
  • Step 11 Receive a second operation input by the user, and the second operation is used to move the first application to the desktop.
  • Step 12 Keep the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder, or restore the attribute information of the first application to the attribute information of the first application before it is moved to the first folder.
  • the type of the second operation may include but is not limited to: at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press.
  • the second operation may be that the user presses and holds the icon of the first application and drags the icon of the first application from the opening page of the first application (the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B, FIG. 9B, and FIG. 12B). to desktop operations.
  • the specific implementation method of the above steps can be referred to the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 8C.
  • the electronic device may also perform the following process:
  • Step 21 Receive a third operation input by the user, and the third operation is used to move the first application to the second folder.
  • Step 22 According to the attributes of the second folder, set the attribute information of the first application to be the same as the attribute information of the second folder.
  • the type of the third operation may include but is not limited to at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press.
  • the third operation may be an operation in which the user long-presses the icon of the first application and drags the icon of the first application from the opening page of the first application to the icon of the second folder.
  • the electronic device may also perform the following process:
  • Step 31 Also display the third folder and the attribute information of the third folder.
  • Step 32 Receive a fourth operation input by the user, and the fourth operation is used to move the third folder to the first folder.
  • Step 33 According to the attributes of the first folder, set the attribute information of the third folder and the attribute information of all applications in the third folder to be the same as the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the type of the fourth operation may include but is not limited to: at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press.
  • the fourth operation may be an operation in which the user long-presses the icon of the third folder and drags the icon of the third folder from the desktop to the icon of the first folder.
  • the properties of the first folder also include the display mode of the folder icon.
  • attribute item 13 of folder 1 For example, the folder's subscript is displayed as a count or a dot.
  • the electronic device may accumulate the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and display them on the first folder.
  • the electronic device can perform the following process:
  • Step 41 Display the first count of the first application and the unread messages of the first application, and the second count after accumulating the counts of the unread messages of the first folder and all applications in the first folder.
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (for example, including an icon, name, etc.) and the icon of the unread messages of the first application on the desktop. (i.e. first count).
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first folder (for example, including icon, name, application thumbnail) on the desktop. etc.) and the index of the unread messages of the first folder (i.e. the second count).
  • Step 42 Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
  • Step 43 Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the electronic device may keep the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge.
  • Step 44 Display the third count after accumulating the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder.
  • the third count is the sum of the first count and the second count.
  • the first application is located in the first folder. folder.
  • the electronic device may display the icon of the first folder and the icon of the unread message of the first folder (ie, the third count) on the desktop.
  • the electronic device can perform the following process:
  • Step 51 Display the first application, the first folder, and the second count obtained by accumulating the unread message counts of all applications in the first folder; wherein the attribute information of the first application is not to display the application badge.
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (such as icon, name, etc.) on the desktop, and does not Displays the icon of unread messages of the first application.
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first folder (for example, including icon, name, application thumbnail) on the desktop. etc.) and the index of the unread messages of the first folder (i.e. the second count).
  • Step 52 Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
  • Step 53 Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the electronic device can modify the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge.
  • Step 54 Display the third count after adding up the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder.
  • the third count is greater than or equal to the second count, and the first application is located in the first folder.
  • the electronic device may display the icon of the first folder and the icon of the unread message of the first folder (ie, the third count) on the desktop. If the first application receives no unread messages after moving to the first folder, the third count is equal to the second count. If the first application receives unread messages after moving to the first folder, the third count is greater than the second count.
  • the electronic device can perform the following process:
  • Step 61 Display the first application and the first count of unread messages of the first application and the first folder; wherein the attribute information of the first folder is not to display the folder icon.
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (for example, including an icon, name, etc.) and the icon of the unread messages of the first application on the desktop. (i.e. first count).
  • the attribute information in the first folder is to receive unread messages, display application icons, and not display folder icons, or to receive unread messages, not display application icons, not display folder icons, or not receive unread messages.
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first folder (for example, including an icon, name, application thumbnail, etc.) on the desktop, and does not display the icon of the unread message of the first folder.
  • Step 62 Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
  • Step 63 Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the electronic device may modify the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge, or to receive unread messages and not display the application badge.
  • Step 64 Display the first folder in which the first application is located.
  • the electronic device can display the icon of the first folder on the desktop, and does not display the icon of the unread message of the first folder.
  • the electronic device can perform the following process:
  • Step 71 Display the first application and the first folder; wherein, the attribute information of the first application is not to display the application icon, and the attribute information of the first folder is not to display the folder icon.
  • the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (such as icon, name, etc.) on the desktop, and does not Displays the icon of unread messages of the first application.
  • the attribute information in the first folder is to receive unread messages, display application icons, and not display folder icons, or to receive unread messages, not display application icons, not display folder icons, or not receive unread messages.
  • the electronic device may display the identification of the first folder (for example, including an icon, name, application thumbnail, etc.) on the desktop, and does not display the icon of the unread message of the first folder.
  • Step 72 Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
  • Step 73 Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
  • the electronic device may modify the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge, or to receive unread messages and not display the application badge.
  • Step 74 Display the first folder in which the first application is located.
  • this application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor; the memory is used to store program instructions; and the processor is used to call the program instructions in the memory so that the electronic device executes the message processing method in the previous embodiment.
  • this application provides a chip system, which is applied to electronic devices including memory, display screens, and sensors; the chip system includes: a processor; when the processor executes computer instructions stored in the memory, the electronic device executes the foregoing Message processing method in the embodiment.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium with a computer program stored thereon to calculate When the computer program is executed by the processor so that the electronic device implements the message processing method in the previous embodiment.
  • this application provides a computer program product, including: execution instructions, the execution instructions are stored in a readable storage medium, and at least one processor of the electronic device can read the execution instructions from the readable storage medium, and the at least one processor Executing the execution instructions causes the electronic device to implement the message processing method in the previous embodiment.
  • all or part of the functions may be implemented by software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a message processing method and an electronic device. The method comprises: displaying a first application and attribute information of the first application, and a first folder and attribute information of the first folder; receiving a first operation, which is input by a user, wherein the first operation is used for moving the first application to the first folder; and according to the attribute information of the first folder, setting the attribute information of the first application to be the attribute information of the first folder. Thus, by means of attribute information of a folder, attribute information of an application which is moved into the folder can be set, such that unified management of attribute settings regarding unread messages of all applications in the folder is realized, thereby facilitating better management of the unread messages of the folder and applications, and also facilitating elimination or display of corner marks of the unread messages of the folder and applications.

Description

消息处理方法和电子设备Message processing method and electronic device
本申请要求于2022年04月29日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210476426.9、申请名称为“消息处理方法和电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on April 29, 2022, with application number 202210476426.9 and application name "Message processing method and electronic device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. .
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及电子技术领域,尤其涉及一种消息处理方法和电子设备。The present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a message processing method and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
随着互联网的不断发展,电子设备已成为用户必不可少的通信和娱乐工具。电子设备常常通过弹出消息的方式与用户进行交互。这些消息的种类且条目繁多,如即时通讯短信、新闻、应用的升级提醒、广告促销、骚扰信息、权限管理通知、设备管理通知等。With the continuous development of the Internet, electronic devices have become essential communication and entertainment tools for users. Electronic devices often interact with users through pop-up messages. These messages come in many types and items, such as instant messaging messages, news, application upgrade reminders, advertising promotions, harassment messages, rights management notifications, device management notifications, etc.
用户常常将电子设备中的一个或多个应用程序(application,APP)组成一个文件夹进行管理,方便查找应用程序,使得电子设备的桌面更加整洁。Users often organize one or more applications (APPs) in electronic devices into a folder for management, which makes it easier to find applications and makes the desktop of the electronic device tidier.
目前,针对未读消息,文件夹的图标上可标记有角标,该角标一般表示为该文件夹中的全部应用程序的未读消息的总数。另外,该文件夹中的应用程序的图标上可能也标记有角标,该角标一般表示为该应用程序的未读消息的数量。Currently, for unread messages, the icon of a folder can be marked with a badge, and the badge generally represents the total number of unread messages for all applications in the folder. In addition, the icons of the applications in the folder may also be marked with a badge, which generally indicates the number of unread messages for the application.
在用户想要消除文件夹的图标上的角标时,用户可采用如下方式:When the user wants to remove the icon on the folder icon, the user can use the following methods:
方式一、用户需要逐个进入到该文件夹中的每个应用程序,并经过多次操作查看每个应用程序的未读消息,将未读消息变为已读消息,可消除文件夹的图标上的角标,前述过程操作复杂且繁琐。Method 1: The user needs to enter each application in the folder one by one, and check the unread messages of each application through multiple operations, change the unread messages into read messages, and eliminate the icon on the folder icon. corner mark, the aforementioned process is complex and cumbersome.
方式二、用户需要对该文件夹中的每个应用程序进行如不接收未读消息或不显示未读消息的角标的设置,可消除文件夹的图标上的角标,前述过程需要进入到电子设备的系统设置或者每个应用程序的设置页面中对每个应用程序进行如是否接收未读消息以及是否显示角标的设置。Method 2: The user needs to set up each application in the folder such as not to receive unread messages or not to display the icons of unread messages. The user can eliminate the icons on the icon of the folder. The aforementioned process requires entering into the electronic app. Configure settings for each application in the device's system settings or the settings page of each application, such as whether to receive unread messages and whether to display badges.
方式三、用户需要对该文件夹中的每个应用程序进行如长按等操作,通过一键或逐条消除每个应用程序的图标上的角标,可消除文件夹的图标上的角标,前述过程需要定期操作。Method 3: The user needs to perform operations such as long pressing on each application in the folder. The icon on the icon of each application can be eliminated by one click or one by one. The aforementioned process requires regular operations.
可见,上述提及的文件夹关于未读消息的管理和角标的处理方式复杂,浪费用户的时间和精力,使得用户的使用体验不佳。It can be seen that the management of unread messages and the processing of icons in the folders mentioned above are complicated, which wastes the user's time and energy and makes the user's experience poor.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种消息处理方法和电子设备,以解决文件夹关于未读消息的管理和角标的处理方式复杂的问题,实现了文件夹和应用程序关于未读消息的统一管理。The present application provides a message processing method and electronic device to solve the problem of complex management of unread messages in folders and processing of corner tags, and realize unified management of unread messages in folders and applications.
第一方面,本申请提供一种消息处理方法,包括:In the first aspect, this application provides a message processing method, including:
显示第一应用和第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和第一文件夹的属性信息;Display the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder;
接收到用户输入的第一操作,第一操作用于将第一应用移动至第一文件夹;receiving a first operation input by the user, the first operation being used to move the first application to the first folder;
根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信 息。According to the attribute information of the first folder, the attribute information of the first application is set to the attribute information of the first folder. interest.
通过第一方面提供的消息处理方法,可借助第一文件夹的属性信息,如第一文件夹中的全部应用程序是否接收未读消息、第一文件夹中的全部应用程序是否显示未读消息的角标,以及第一文件夹是否显示未读消息的角标等,可设定移至第一文件夹中的第一应用的属性信息,可对第一文件夹中的所有应用进行关于未读消息的相关策略的统一设定,有利于更好的管理文件夹和应用程序的未读消息,还方便消除或显示文件夹和应用程序的未读消息的角标。Through the message processing method provided in the first aspect, attribute information of the first folder can be used, such as whether all applications in the first folder receive unread messages and whether all applications in the first folder display unread messages. icon, and whether the first folder displays the icon of unread messages, etc., the attribute information of the first application moved to the first folder can be set, and all applications in the first folder can be configured for unread messages. The unified setting of related policies for reading messages is conducive to better management of unread messages in folders and applications. It also facilitates the elimination or display of unread messages in folders and applications.
在一种可能的设计中,第一应用的属性包括是否接收未读消息,或应用角标的显示方式中的至少一项;第一文件夹的属性包括是否接收未读消息,或应用角标的显示方式中的至少一项。In a possible design, the properties of the first application include at least one of whether to receive unread messages or the display mode of the application badge; the properties of the first folder include whether to receive unread messages or the display of the application badge. at least one of the ways.
在一种可能的设计中,根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:In one possible design, the attribute information of the first application is set to the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder, specifically as follows:
确定第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,设置第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标;或Determine the attribute information of the first folder to receive unread messages and display the application icon, and set the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application icon; or
确定第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,设置第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标;或Determine the attribute information of the first folder to receive unread messages and not display the application icon, and set the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and not display the application icon; or
确定第一文件夹的属性信息为不接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,设置第一应用的属性信息为不接收未读消息,不显示应用角标。Determine the attribute information of the first folder to not receive unread messages and not display application icons, and set the attribute information of the first application to not receive unread messages and not display application icons.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:In one possible design, the method also includes:
接收针对第一文件夹的触发操作;Receive a trigger operation for the first folder;
响应于触发操作,显示第一文件夹的设置页,第一文件夹的设置页用于设置第一文件夹的属性信息。In response to the triggering operation, a setting page of the first folder is displayed, and the setting page of the first folder is used to set attribute information of the first folder.
在一种可能的设计中,触发操作包括如下任意一个操作:In a possible design, the triggering operation includes any of the following operations:
在第一文件夹的图标或名称上触发的操作、在第一文件夹中的空白区域上触发的操作、或者在第一文件夹中的一个控件上触发的操作。An action triggered on the icon or name of the first folder, an action triggered on an empty area in the first folder, or an action triggered on a control in the first folder.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:In one possible design, the method also includes:
接收用户输入的第二操作,第二操作用于将第一应用移至桌面;a second operation of receiving user input, the second operation being used to move the first application to the desktop;
将第一应用的属性信息保持为第一文件夹的属性信息,或者将第一应用的属性信息恢复至第一应用在未移至第一文件夹之前的属性信息。Keep the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder, or restore the attribute information of the first application to the attribute information of the first application before it is moved to the first folder.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:In one possible design, the method also includes:
接收用户输入的第三操作,第三操作用于将第一应用移至第二文件夹;a third operation of receiving user input, the third operation being used to move the first application to the second folder;
根据第二文件夹的属性,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第二文件夹的属性信息相同。According to the attributes of the second folder, the attribute information of the first application is set to be the same as the attribute information of the second folder.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:In one possible design, the method also includes:
还显示第三文件夹和第三文件夹的属性信息;Also displays the third folder and the attribute information of the third folder;
接收用户输入的第四操作,第四操作用于将第三文件夹移至第一文件夹;a fourth operation of receiving user input, the fourth operation being used to move the third folder to the first folder;
根据第一文件夹的属性,将第三文件夹的属性信息和第三文件夹中的所有应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息相同。According to the attributes of the first folder, the attribute information of the third folder and the attribute information of all applications in the third folder are set to be the same as the attribute information of the first folder.
在一种可能的设计中,第一文件夹的属性还包括文件夹角标的显示方式,且文件 夹的角标的显示方式为计数,方法还包括:In a possible design, the properties of the first folder also include the display mode of the folder subscript, and the file The display mode of the clipped corner mark is counting, and the method also includes:
将第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后显示在第一文件夹上。The counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder are accumulated and displayed on the first folder.
在一种可能的设计中,显示第一应用和第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:In a possible design, the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder are displayed, specifically:
显示第一应用和第一应用的未读消息的第一计数,第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第二计数;Displaying a first count of unread messages of the first application and the first application, and a second count after accumulating the counts of unread messages of the first folder and all applications in the first folder;
该方法还包括:The method also includes:
显示第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第三计数,第三计数为第一计数和第二计数的和,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。Displays the third count after adding up the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder. The third count is the sum of the first count and the second count. The first application is located in the first folder. .
在一种可能的设计中,显示第一应用和第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:In a possible design, the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder are displayed, specifically:
显示第一应用,第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第二计数;其中,第一应用的属性信息为不显示应用角标;Display the first application, the first folder and the second count after the unread message counts of all applications in the first folder are accumulated; wherein, the attribute information of the first application is not to display the application badge;
该方法还包括:The method also includes:
显示第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第三计数,第三计数大于等于第二计数,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。Displays a third count after adding up the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder, where the third count is greater than or equal to the second count, and the first application is located in the first folder.
在一种可能的设计中,显示第一应用和第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:In a possible design, the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder are displayed, specifically:
显示第一应用和第一应用的未读消息的第一计数,第一文件夹;其中,第一文件夹的属性信息为不显示文件夹角标;Display the first application and the first count of unread messages of the first application and the first folder; wherein, the attribute information of the first folder is not to display the folder icon;
该方法还包括:The method also includes:
显示第一文件夹,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。A first folder is displayed in which the first application is located.
第二方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器;存储器用于存储程序指令;处理器用于调用存储器中的程序指令使得电子设备执行第一方面及第一方面任一种可能的设计中的消息处理方法。In a second aspect, this application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor; the memory is used to store program instructions; the processor is used to call the program instructions in the memory so that the electronic device executes the first aspect and any possibility of the first aspect. Message processing methods in the design.
第三方面,本申请提供一种芯片系统,芯片系统应用于包括存储器、显示屏和传感器的电子设备;芯片系统包括:处理器;当处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机指令时,电子设备执行第一方面及第一方面任一种可能的设计中的消息处理方法。In a third aspect, this application provides a chip system, which is applied to an electronic device including a memory, a display screen, and a sensor; the chip system includes: a processor; when the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, the electronic device executes the first A message processing method in any possible design of the first aspect and the first aspect.
第四方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,计算机程序被处理器使得电子设备执行时实现第一方面及第一方面任一种可能的设计中的消息处理方法。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored. The computer program is executed by a processor so that the electronic device can implement the message processing in the first aspect and any possible design of the first aspect. method.
第五方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,包括:执行指令,执行指令存储在可读存储介质中,电子设备的至少一个处理器可以从可读存储介质读取执行指令,至少一个处理器执行执行指令使得电子设备实现第一方面及第一方面任一种可能的设计中的消息处理方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, including: execution instructions. The execution instructions are stored in a readable storage medium. At least one processor of the electronic device can read the execution instructions from the readable storage medium. The at least one processor Executing the execution instructions enables the electronic device to implement the message processing method in the first aspect and any possible design of the first aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请一实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请一实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构框图;Figure 2 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A-图3J为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图; Figures 3A-3J are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法的流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6A-图6D为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 6A-6D are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7A-图7C为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 7A-7C are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8A-图8C为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9A-图9D为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 9A-9D are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10A-图10C为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 10A-10C are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11A-图11B为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 11A-11B are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12A-图12D为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 12A-12D are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13A-图13B为本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图;Figures 13A-13B are schematic diagrams of the human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请一实施例提供的三种文件夹的桌面显示和各个文件夹的打开页的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the desktop display of three folders and the open page of each folder provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15A-图15C为本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法的流程示意图;Figures 15A-15C are flowcharts of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法的流程示意图。Figure 16 is a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,单独a,单独b或单独c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:单独a,单独b,单独c,组合a和b,组合a和c,组合b和c,或组合a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性。术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“上”、“下”、“左”、“右”、“前”、“后”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a alone, b alone, or c alone can mean: a alone, b alone, c alone, a combination of a and b, a combination of a and c, a combination of b and c, or a combination of a, b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple. In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance. The terms "center", "longitudinal", "horizontal", "upper", "lower", "left", "right", "front", "back", etc. indicate the orientation or positional relationship based on that shown in the drawings. The orientation or positional relationship is only for the convenience of describing the present application and simplifying the description, and does not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore cannot be understood as a limitation of the present application.
本申请提供一种消息处理方法和电子设备,可增加文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,如文件夹中的全部应用程序是否接收未读消息、文件夹中的全部应用程序是否显示未读消息的角标,以及文件夹是否显示未读消息的角标等,借助文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,对文件夹以及文件夹中的全部应用程序进行关于未读消息的相关策略设定,有利于更好的管理文件夹和应用程序的未读消息,还方便消除或显示文件夹和应用程序的未读消息的角标。This application provides a message processing method and electronic device, which can add attribute settings for unread messages in a folder, such as whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages, and whether all applications in the folder display unread messages. icon, and whether the folder displays the icon of unread messages, etc. With the help of the folder's attribute settings for unread messages, you can set policies related to unread messages for the folder and all applications in the folder. It is helpful for better management of unread messages in folders and applications. It also facilitates the elimination or display of unread messages in folders and applications.
其中,本申请对未读消息的角标的样式、位置或方式等参数不做限定。本申请涉及的文件夹指的是包括一个或多个应用程序的应用程序,可置于电子设备的桌面。Among them, this application does not limit the parameters such as the style, position, or method of the unread message icon. The folders involved in this application refer to applications that include one or more applications and can be placed on the desktop of an electronic device.
在电子设备显示未读消息的角标时,本申请可将前述方式称为角标显示。在电子设备消除(即停止显示)未读消息的角标时,本申请可将前述方式称为关闭角标显示。When the electronic device displays a badge of unread messages, this application may refer to the foregoing method as badge display. When the electronic device eliminates (i.e. stops displaying) the icon of unread messages, this application may refer to the foregoing method as turning off the icon display.
其中,角标显示可采用数字的方式,该数字用于表示文件夹中的全部应用程序的未读消息的总数,或者,该数字用于表示应用程序的未读消息的数量,本申请可称为 计数显示文件夹或应用程序的未读消息的角标。角标显示还可采用圆点的方式,该圆点用于表示文件夹或应用程序存在未读消息,本申请可称为圆点显示文件夹或应用程序的未读消息的角标。Wherein, the corner mark can be displayed in the form of a number, and the number is used to represent the total number of unread messages of all applications in the folder, or the number is used to represent the number of unread messages of the application. This application can be called for Counts badges showing unread messages for a folder or application. The dot display may also be in the form of a dot, which is used to indicate that there are unread messages in a folder or application. This application may be called a dot that displays unread messages in a folder or application.
其中,电子设备可以是手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、智能电视、智慧屏、高清电视、4K电视、智能音箱、智能投影仪等设备,本申请对电子设备的具体类型不作任何限制。Among them, electronic devices can be mobile phones, tablets, laptops, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) devices, ultra-mobile personal computers (ultra-mobile personal computers) , UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (PDA), smart TV, smart screen, high-definition TV, 4K TV, smart speakers, smart projector and other equipment. This application does not place any restrictions on the specific types of electronic equipment.
下面以电子设备为手机为例,结合图1,介绍本申请涉及的电子设备。Taking the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example, the following describes the electronic device involved in this application with reference to Figure 1 .
图1为本申请一实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。如图1所示,电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , Antenna 1, Antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193 , display screen 194, and subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than illustrated, some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or components may be arranged differently. The components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) wait. Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口 (mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and/or universal serial bus (USB) Interface etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can separately couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 can be coupled to the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 can be coupled with the audio module 170 through the I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface to implement the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communications to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface to implement the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160 . For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through the CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100 . The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, display screen 194, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, sensor module 180, etc. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。 It can be understood that the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in this application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also provide power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, internal memory 121, external memory, display screen 194, camera 193, wireless communication module 160, etc. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters. In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 . In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide solutions for wireless communication including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be disposed in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通 信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellites. Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR), etc. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . Wireless communication The signal module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, frequency modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi) -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. Display 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode). emitting diode (AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。 Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transmission mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. Intelligent cognitive applications of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, etc.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 . The internal memory 121 may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.). The storage data area may store data created during use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). In addition, the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the headphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signals. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。Speaker 170A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to hands-free calls.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be heard by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。Microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can speak close to the microphone 170C with the human mouth and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which in addition to collecting sound signals, may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions, etc.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以 是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The headphone interface 170D is used to connect wired headphones. The headphone interface 170D can be the USB interface 130, or It is a 3.5mm open mobile electronic device platform (OMTP) standard interface and a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals. In some embodiments, pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 . There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, etc. A capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates of conductive material. When a force is applied to pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure based on the change in capacitance. When a touch operation is performed on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch location but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) may be determined by gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. For example, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the angle at which the electronic device 100 shakes, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。Air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。Magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 may utilize the magnetic sensor 180D to detect opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 may detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Then, based on the detected opening and closing status of the leather case or the opening and closing status of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices and be used in horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometer and other applications.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F for measuring distance. Electronic device 100 can measure distance via infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may utilize the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。 Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light outwardly through the light emitting diode. Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect when the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear for talking, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, and pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touching.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。Fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to achieve fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, fingerprint photography, fingerprint answering of incoming calls, etc.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。Temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 utilizes the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute the temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of a processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to prevent the low temperature from causing the electronic device 100 to shut down abnormally. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 performs boosting on the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194. The touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen". The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near the touch sensor 180K. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type. Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 at a location different from that of the display screen 194 .
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。Bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human body's vocal part. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human body's pulse and receive blood pressure beating signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be provided in an earphone and combined into a bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vocal vibrating bone obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The buttons 190 include a power button, a volume button, etc. Key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for vibration prompts for incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations for different applications (such as taking pictures, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 can also respond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (such as time reminders, receiving information, alarm clocks, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also be customized.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate charging status, power changes, or may be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, etc.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口 195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected to or separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 195 . The electronic device 100 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card, etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards. SIM card interface The 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calls and data communications. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。其中,本申请对电子设备的操作系统的类型不做限定。例如,Android系统、Linux系统、Windows系统、iOS系统、鸿蒙操作系统(harmony operating system,鸿蒙OS)等。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. This application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 . Among them, this application does not limit the type of operating system of the electronic device. For example, Android system, Linux system, Windows system, iOS system, Hongmeng operating system (harmony operating system, Hongmeng OS), etc.
图2为本申请一实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构框图。如图2所示,分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层(APP),应用程序框架层(APP framework),安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库(libraries),以及内核层(kernel)。Figure 2 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor. The layers communicate through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom: application layer (APP), application framework layer (APP framework), Android runtime (Android runtime) and system libraries (libraries). And the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括:相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,游戏,聊天,购物,出行,即时通信(如短信息),智能家居,设备控制,文件夹等应用程序(application,APP)。As shown in Figure 2, the application package can include: camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, game, chat, shopping, travel, instant messaging (such as short message), smart home , device control, folders and other applications (application, APP).
其中,智能家居应用可用于对具有联网功能的家居设备进行控制或管理。例如,家居设备可以包括电灯、电视和空调。又如,家居设备还可以包括防盗门锁、音箱、扫地机器人、插座、体脂秤、台灯、空气净化器、电冰箱、洗衣机、热水器、微波炉、电饭锅、窗帘、风扇、电视、机顶盒、门窗等。Among them, smart home applications can be used to control or manage home devices with networking capabilities. For example, home appliances may include lights, televisions, and air conditioners. As another example, home equipment can also include anti-theft door locks, speakers, sweeping robots, sockets, body fat scales, desk lamps, air purifiers, refrigerators, washing machines, water heaters, microwave ovens, rice cookers, curtains, fans, TVs, set-top boxes, Doors, windows, etc.
另外,应用程序包还可以包括:桌面(即主屏幕),负一屏,控制中心,通知中心等应用程序。In addition, the application package can also include: desktop (i.e. home screen), negative screen, control center, notification center and other applications.
其中,负一屏,又可称为“-1屏”,是指在电子设备的主屏幕向右滑动屏幕,直至滑动至最左侧分屏的用户界面(user interface,UI)。例如,负一屏可以用于放置一些快捷服务功能和通知消息,比如全局搜索、应用程序某个页面的快捷入口(付款码、微信等)、即时信息及提醒(快递信息、支出信息、通勤路况、打车出行信息、日程信息等)及关注动态(足球看台、篮球看台、股票信息等)等。控制中心为电子设备的上滑消息通知栏,即当用户在电子设备的底部开始进行向上滑动的操作时电子设备所显示出的用户界面。通知中心为电子设备的下拉消息通知栏,即当用户在电子设备的顶部开始进行向下操作时电子设备所显示出的用户界面。Among them, negative one screen, also known as "-1 screen", refers to sliding the screen to the right on the home screen of an electronic device until it slides to the leftmost split-screen user interface (UI). For example, the negative screen can be used to place some quick service functions and notification messages, such as global search, quick entry to a certain page of the application (payment code, WeChat, etc.), instant information and reminders (express delivery information, expenditure information, commute traffic conditions, etc.) , taxi travel information, schedule information, etc.) and follow updates (football stands, basketball stands, stock information, etc.), etc. The control center is the slide-up message notification bar of the electronic device, that is, the user interface displayed by the electronic device when the user starts to slide upward on the bottom of the electronic device. The notification center is the drop-down message notification bar of the electronic device, that is, the user interface displayed by the electronic device when the user starts to perform downward operations on the top of the electronic device.
为了便于说明,图2中,以应用程序层包括:桌面,以及在桌面上放置的文件夹1、文件夹2和应用1为例进行示意。其中,文件夹1中至少包括应用2,文件夹2中至少包括应用3。另外,在一个文件夹能够移至另一个文件夹中时,文件夹1中还可包括文件夹3。For ease of explanation, in Figure 2, the application layer includes: a desktop, and folder 1, folder 2 and application 1 placed on the desktop as an example. Among them, folder 1 includes at least application 2, and folder 2 includes at least application 3. Additionally, Folder 1 may also include Folder 3 when one folder can be moved to another folder.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。 As shown in Figure 2, the application framework layer can include a window manager, content provider, view system, phone manager, resource manager, notification manager, etc.
窗口管理器(window manager)用于管理窗口程序,如管理窗口状态、属性、视图(view)增加、删除、更新、窗口顺序、消息收集和处理等。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。并且,窗口管理器为外界访问窗口的入口。The window manager is used to manage window programs, such as managing window status, properties, view addition, deletion, update, window order, message collection and processing, etc. The window manager can obtain the display size, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc. Moreover, the window manager is the entrance for the outside world to access the window.
内容提供器用于存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make this data accessible to applications. Said data can include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, etc. A view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 100 . For example, call status management (including connected, hung up, etc.).
资源管理器(resource manager)为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,用户界面的布局文件(layout xml),视频文件,字体,颜色,用户界面组件(user interface module,UI组件)的身份标识号码(identity document,ID)(也可称为序列号或账号)等。并且,资源管理器用于统一管理前述资源。The resource manager provides various resources to the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, user interface layout files (layout xml), video files, fonts, colors, user interface components (user interface module, UI component) identity document (ID) (also known as serial number or account number), etc. Furthermore, the resource manager is used to uniformly manage the aforementioned resources.
通知管理器(notification manager)使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息(如未读消息等),可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager allows applications to display notification information (such as unread messages, etc.) in the status bar. It can be used to convey notification-type messages and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also be notifications that appear in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of charts or scroll bar text, such as notifications for applications running in the background, or notifications that appear on the screen in the form of conversation windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a beep sounds, the electronic device vibrates, the indicator light flashes, etc.
安卓运行时包括核心库和虚拟机。安卓运行时负责Android系统的调度和管理。The Android runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是Android系统的核心库。The core library contains two parts: one part is the functional functions that need to be called by the Java language, and the other part is the core library of the Android system.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and application framework layer into binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(media libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGLES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)、图像处理库和桌面启动器等。System libraries can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media libraries (media libraries), 3D graphics processing libraries (for example: OpenGLES), 2D graphics engines (for example: SGL), image processing libraries and desktop launchers, etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, composition and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D Graphics Engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
桌面启动器用于启动桌面,提供调整桌面的布局、选项和界面,以及更改桌面的主题和图标等。 The desktop launcher is used to start the desktop, adjust the layout, options and interface of the desktop, and change the theme and icons of the desktop.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
下面结合利用智能音箱播放声音的场景,示例性说明电子设备100的软件和硬件的工作流程。The following exemplifies the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 in conjunction with the scenario of using a smart speaker to play sound.
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作,该单击操作所对应的控件为智能音箱图标的控件为例,智能音箱应用调用应用框架层的接口,启动智能音箱应用,进而通过调用内核层启动音频驱动,通过扬声器170A将音频电信号转换成声音信号。When the touch sensor 180K receives a touch operation, the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer. The kernel layer processes touch operations into raw input events (including touch coordinates, timestamps of touch operations, and other information). Raw input events are stored at the kernel level. The application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation and the control corresponding to the click operation as a smart speaker icon control as an example, the smart speaker application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the smart speaker application, and then starts the audio driver by calling the kernel layer. , converting the audio electrical signal into a sound signal through the speaker 170A.
可以理解的是,本申请示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this application does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than illustrated, some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or components may be arranged differently. The components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
基于前述描述,本申请以下实施例将以具有图1和图2所示结构的电子设备为例,结合附图和应用场景,对本申请提供的消息处理方法进行详细阐述。Based on the foregoing description, the following embodiments of this application will take the electronic device with the structure shown in Figures 1 and 2 as an example, and elaborate on the message processing method provided by this application in conjunction with the drawings and application scenarios.
针对任意一个文件夹而言,电子设备可增加文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置。For any folder, the electronic device can add attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages.
其中,文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置可以包括:属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。其中,各个属性项所代表的含义分别为:Among them, the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages may include: attribute item 11, attribute item 12, and attribute item 13. Among them, the meanings represented by each attribute item are:
属性项11:文件夹中的全部应用程序是否接收未读消息。Property item 11: Whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages.
属性项12:文件夹中的全部应用程序是否显示未读消息的角标,以及在文件夹中的全部应用程序显示未读消息的角标时,采用哪种方式进行角标显示。Attribute item 12: Whether all applications in the folder display icons for unread messages, and when all applications in the folder display icons for unread messages, which method is used to display icons.
属性项13:文件夹是否显示未读消息的角标,以及在文件夹显示未读消息的角标时,采用何种方式进行角标显示。Attribute item 13: Whether the folder displays the icons of unread messages, and when the folder displays the icons of unread messages, how to display the icons.
从而,电子设备基于文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,可管理文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息是否接收,还可管理文件夹以及文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标如何显示/消除。由此,有利于电子设备从文件夹级别上考虑未读消息的接收以及角标的处理。Therefore, based on the attribute setting of the unread messages of the folder, the electronic device can manage whether to receive the unread messages of all the applications in the folder, and can also manage the folder and the icons of the unread messages of all the applications in the folder. Show/Remove. This facilitates the electronic device to consider the reception of unread messages and the processing of badges at the folder level.
其中,电子设备可向用户提供设置文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。经过用户设置后,电子设备可确定文件夹以及文件夹中的全部应用程序关于未读消息的策略设定,如表1所示。Wherein, the electronic device may provide the user with access to set the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder. After being set by the user, the electronic device can determine the policy settings of the folder and all applications in the folder regarding unread messages, as shown in Table 1.
表1

Table 1

在一些实施例中,电子设备响应于用户打开文件夹的操作,可显示文件夹的打开页。其中,文件夹的打开页可以包括:每个应用的如图标、名称等标识。另外,文件夹的打开页还可包括:控件1,控件1用于触发显示文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。另外,文件夹的打开页还可包括:控件2,控件2用于将其他的应用添加至该文件夹中。In some embodiments, the electronic device may display the open page of the folder in response to the user's operation of opening the folder. Among them, the opening page of the folder may include: identification such as icon, name, etc. of each application. In addition, the opening page of the folder may also include: control 1, which is used to trigger the display of the entry of the attribute item 11, the attribute item 12, and the attribute item 13 of the folder. In addition, the opening page of the folder may also include: control 2. Control 2 is used to add other applications to the folder.
其中,电子设备响应于用户在文件夹的打开页或控件1上执行的操作,可显示文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,使得用户能够基于用户需求设定文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置。Wherein, in response to the operation performed by the user on the open page of the folder or the control 1, the electronic device can display the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder, so that the user can set the future information of the folder based on user needs. Read the message's property settings.
下面,结合图3A-图3J,以电子设备为手机为例,详细介绍电子设备向用户提供设定文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的入口的具体实现方式。Next, with reference to FIGS. 3A to 3J , taking the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example, we will introduce in detail the specific implementation method of the electronic device providing the user with an entrance to set the attribute settings of the unread messages in the folder.
请参阅图3A-图3J,图3A-图3J示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 3A-3J. Figures 3A-3J are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
1、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号11. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 1 in Table 1
手机可显示图3A示例性所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,设定计数显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标,设定计数显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。The mobile phone may display the settings page 11 as exemplarily shown in Figure 3A. Among them, settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the count to display the icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set the count to display the unread messages of the folder. Read the message corner icon, and provide access to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder.
图3A中,设置页11可以包括:区域101、区域102和区域103。In FIG. 3A , the setting page 11 may include: area 101 , area 102 and area 103 .
区域101,用于显示文件夹的属性项11的具体内容,以及提供设定文件夹的属性项11的入口。其中,区域101可以包括:控件1011,控件1011可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11的入口。Area 101 is used to display the specific content of the attribute item 11 of the folder, and to provide an entry for setting the attribute item 11 of the folder. The area 101 may include: a control 1011, which may be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, and provide an entry for changing the attribute item 11 of the folder.
区域102,处于可更改状态,用于显示文件夹的属性项12的具体内容,以及提供设定文件夹的属性项12的入口。其中,区域102可以包括:选项1021,选项1021可用于设定计数显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标,还用于提供更改文件 夹的属性项12的入口。The area 102 is in a changeable state and is used to display the specific content of the attribute item 12 of the folder and provide an entry for setting the attribute item 12 of the folder. Among them, area 102 may include: option 1021. Option 1021 may be used to set a corner mark that counts and displays unread messages of all applications in the folder, and is also used to provide changed files. Entry to property item 12 of the folder.
区域103,处于可更改状态,用于显示文件夹的属性项13的具体内容,以及提供设定文件夹的属性项13的入口。其中,区域103可以包括:选项1031,选项1031可用于设定计数显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标,还用于提供更改文件夹的属性项13的入口。Area 103 is in a changeable state and is used to display the specific content of the attribute item 13 of the folder and provide an entry for setting the attribute item 13 of the folder. Among them, area 103 may include: option 1031. Option 1031 may be used to set a corner mark for counting and displaying unread messages of the folder, and may also be used to provide an entry for changing the attribute item 13 of the folder.
需要说明的是,新建的文件夹的默认属性设置通常采用图3A所示的设置页11中,文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的设定。It should be noted that the default attribute settings of the newly created folder usually adopt the settings of the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A.
在图3A所示的设置页11中,文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13作为默认属性设置的基础上,手机可对文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13进行更改。In the setting page 11 shown in Figure 3A, the attribute item 11, the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder are set as the default attributes. The mobile phone can set the attribute item 11, the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder. Make changes.
A、更改文件夹的属性项11A. Change the attribute items of the folder 11
2、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号42. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 4 in Table 1
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项11的操作(如点击设置页11中的控件1011)后,可从显示图3A的设置页11变为显示图3B或图3C示例性所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序不接收未读消息,设定关闭该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标显示,设定关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to change the attribute item 11 of the folder (such as clicking the control 1011 in the settings page 11), the mobile phone can change from displaying the settings page 11 in Figure 3A to displaying the settings shown in Figure 3B or Figure 3C. Settings page 11. Among them, settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder not to receive unread messages, set to close the corner display of unread messages of all applications in the folder, and set to close the unread messages of all applications in the folder. The corner icon of the read message is displayed, and the entry for changing the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
图3B和图3C中,设置页11中的区域101可以包括:控件1012,控件1012可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序不接收未读消息,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11的入口。In Figure 3B and Figure 3C, the area 101 in the settings page 11 may include: a control 1012. The control 1012 may be used to set all applications in the folder not to receive unread messages, and provide options for changing the property items 11 of the folder. Entrance.
图3B中,设置页11中的区域102从处于可更改状态变为处于不可更改状态,如可切换颜色的方式表示状态的变化,区域102可用于设定关闭该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标显示。一般情况下,图3B中的区域102可按照在更改文件夹的属性项11之前的文件夹1的属性项12的设定进行显示,如显示图3A中的区域102所示的“计数”。In Figure 3B, the area 102 in the settings page 11 changes from a changeable state to an unchangeable state. For example, the color can be switched to indicate the change of the state. The area 102 can be used to set the future for closing all applications in the folder. The icon for reading the message is displayed. Generally, the area 102 in FIG. 3B can be displayed according to the setting of the attribute item 12 of the folder 1 before changing the attribute item 11 of the folder, such as displaying the "count" shown in the area 102 in FIG. 3A .
设置页11中的区域103可从处于可更改状态变为处于不可更改状态,如可切换颜色的方式表示状态的变化,区域103可用于设定关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示。一般情况下,图3B中的区域103无法被触发,可按照在更改文件夹的属性项11之前文件夹1的属性项13的设定进行显示,如显示图3A中的区域103所示的“计数”。The area 103 in the settings page 11 can be changed from a changeable state to an unchangeable state. For example, the color can be switched to indicate the change of the state. The area 103 can be used to set the corner mark display of unread messages that close the folder. Under normal circumstances, the area 103 in Figure 3B cannot be triggered, and can be displayed according to the setting of the attribute item 13 of the folder 1 before changing the attribute item 11 of the folder, such as "area 103 in Figure 3A" is displayed. count".
图3C中,设置页11中的区域102和区域103可直接隐藏,即不再进行显示。In Figure 3C, area 102 and area 103 in the settings page 11 can be directly hidden, that is, no longer displayed.
需要说明的是,图3B和图3C中,在设置页11中的区域102从处于不可更改状态变为处于可更改状态后,设置页11中的区域102可按照在更改文件夹的属性项11之前文件夹1的属性项12的设定进行显示,也可采用默认方式进行显示,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that in Figures 3B and 3C, after the area 102 in the settings page 11 changes from an unchangeable state to a changeable state, the area 102 in the settings page 11 can be changed according to the attribute item 11 of the folder. The previous setting of attribute item 12 of folder 1 can be displayed, or it can be displayed in a default manner, which is not limited in this application.
B、更改文件夹的属性项12B. Change the attribute items of the folder 12
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项12的操作(如点击设置页11中的选项1021)后,可显示图3D示例性所示的设置页12。其中,设置页12可用于提供文件夹的属性项12的三种方式,这三种方式分别包括:关闭该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标显示、计数显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标以及圆点显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标。 After detecting the user's instruction to change the attribute item 12 of the folder (such as clicking option 1021 in the settings page 11), the mobile phone may display the settings page 12 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 3D. Among them, the settings page 12 can be used to provide three ways of providing the attribute items 12 of the folder. These three ways include respectively: turning off the corner display of unread messages of all applications in the folder, and counting and displaying all unread messages in the folder. The icon of the unread messages of the application and the dots display the icons of the unread messages of all applications in the folder.
图3D中,设置页12可以包括:选项1041、选项1042和选项1043。In Figure 3D, the setting page 12 may include: option 1041, option 1042, and option 1043.
选项1041,用于设定关闭该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标显示。Option 1041 is used to set the icon display of unread messages that closes all applications in this folder.
选项1042,用于设定计数显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标。Option 1042 is used to set a marker that counts and displays unread messages for all applications in the folder.
选项1043,用于设定圆点显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标。Option 1043 is used to set the dot to display the unread messages of all applications in the folder.
另外,设置页12还可用于提供从设置页12返回至设置页11的入口。图3D中,设置页12还可包括:控件105,控件105可用于触发返回至设置页11。In addition, the settings page 12 can also be used to provide a portal back to the settings page 11 from the settings page 12 . In FIG. 3D , the settings page 12 may also include: a control 105 , and the control 105 may be used to trigger a return to the settings page 11 .
C、更改文件夹的属性项13C. Change the attribute items of the folder 13
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项13的操作(如点击设置页11中的选项1031)后,可显示图3E示例性所示的设置页13。其中,设置页13可用于提供文件夹的属性项13的三种方式,这三种方式分别包括:关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示、计数显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标以及圆点显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标。After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1031 in the settings page 11), the mobile phone may display the settings page 13 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 3E. Among them, the settings page 13 can be used to provide three ways of providing the attribute items 13 of the folder. The three ways include respectively: turning off the corner display of unread messages of the folder, and counting and displaying the corners of the unread messages of the folder. The icon and dots display the icons of unread messages for that folder.
图3E中,设置页13可以包括:选项1061、选项1062和选项1063。In Figure 3E, the setting page 13 may include: option 1061, option 1062, and option 1063.
选项1061,用于设定关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示。Option 1061 is used to set the icon display of unread messages that close the folder.
选项1062,用于设定计数显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标。Option 1062 is used to set the index to count and display unread messages in this folder.
选项1063,用于设定圆点显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标。Option 1063 is used to set the dot to display the corner mark of unread messages in this folder.
另外,设置页13还可用于提供从设置页13返回至设置页11的入口。图3E中,设置页13还可包括:控件107,控件107可用于触发返回至设置页11。In addition, the settings page 13 can also be used to provide a portal back to the settings page 11 from the settings page 13 . In FIG. 3E , the settings page 13 may also include: a control 107 , and the control 107 may be used to trigger a return to the settings page 11 .
3、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号33. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 3 in Table 1
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项12和属性项13的操作(如点击设置页12中的选项1041和设置页13中的选项1061)后,可从显示图3A的设置页11变为显示图3F示例性所示的设置页11。After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1041 in the settings page 12 and option 1061 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can display the settings page 11 in Figure 3A The settings page 11 shown exemplarily in FIG. 3F is displayed.
图3F中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,设定关闭该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标显示,设定关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In Figure 3F, the settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set to close the corner display of unread messages of all applications in the folder, and set to close the icons of the unread messages in the folder. The corner icon of unread messages is displayed, and the entrance to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
4、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号14. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 1 in Table 1
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项13的操作(如点击设置页13中的选项1063)后,可从显示图3A的设置页11变为显示图3G示例性所示的设置页11。After the mobile phone detects the operation of changing the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1063 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can change from displaying the settings page 11 in Figure 3A to displaying the settings page exemplarily shown in Figure 3G 11.
图3G中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,设定计数显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标,设定圆点显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In Figure 3G, settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the count to display the corner icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set dots to display the file. The index of the unread message of the folder is provided, and the entrance for changing the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
5、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号15. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 1 in Table 1
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项12和属性项13的操作(如点击设置页12中的选项1043和设置页13中的选项1063)后,可从显示图3A的设置页11变为显示图3H示例性所示的设置页11。After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1043 in the settings page 12 and option 1063 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can display the settings page 11 in Figure 3A The setting page 11 shown exemplarily in FIG. 3H is displayed.
图3H中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,设定圆点显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标,设定圆点显示该文件夹的未读消息的角标,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In Figure 3H, the settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the dots to display the icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set the dots to display the unread messages. The corner mark of the unread messages of the folder, and the entrance for changing the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder.
6、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号26. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 2 in Table 1
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项13的操作(如点击设置页13中的 选项1061)后,可从显示图3A的设置页11变为显示图3I示例性所示的设置页11。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute item 13 of the folder (such as clicking on the settings page 13). After selecting option 1061), the display of the settings page 11 of FIG. 3A can be changed to the display of the settings page 11 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3I.
图3I中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,设定计数显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标,设定关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In Figure 3I, the settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set the count to display the icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set the icon to close the folder. The corner icon of unread messages is displayed, and the entrance to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
7、文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13对应于表1中的序号27. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder correspond to serial number 2 in Table 1
手机在检测到用户指示的更改文件夹的属性项12和属性项13的操作(如点击设置页12中的选项1043和设置页13中的选项1061)后,可从显示图3A的设置页11变为显示图3J示例性所示的设置页11。After detecting the operation of changing the attribute item 12 and the attribute item 13 of the folder instructed by the user (such as clicking option 1043 in the settings page 12 and option 1061 in the settings page 13), the mobile phone can display the settings page 11 in Figure 3A The setting page 11 shown exemplarily in FIG. 3J is displayed.
图3J中,设置页11可用于设定该文件夹中的全部应用程序接收未读消息,设定圆点显示该文件夹中全部应用程序的未读消息的角标,设定关闭该文件夹的未读消息的角标显示,以及提供更改文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In Figure 3J, settings page 11 can be used to set all applications in the folder to receive unread messages, set dots to display the corner icons of unread messages for all applications in the folder, and set to close the folder. The corner icon of unread messages is displayed, and the entrance to change the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder is provided.
基于上述实施例的描述,电子设备基于文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,可对文件夹中的全部应用程序关于未读消息进行策略设定。Based on the description of the above embodiments, the electronic device can set policies on unread messages for all applications in the folder based on the attribute settings of the folder on unread messages.
另外,针对任意一个应用程序而言,电子设备基于应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置,也可管理该应用程序的未读消息是否接收,还可管理该应用程序的未读消息是否角标显示以及角标显示的方式。由此,有利于电子设备从应用程序级别上考虑未读消息的接收以及角标的处理。In addition, for any application, the electronic device can also manage whether the application's unread messages are received based on the application's attribute settings for unread messages, and can also manage whether the application's unread messages are displayed as icons. And the way the corner mark is displayed. Therefore, it is helpful for the electronic device to consider the reception of unread messages and the processing of badges from the application level.
其中,应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置可以包括:属性项21和属性项22。Among them, the application's attribute settings for unread messages may include: attribute item 21 and attribute item 22.
属性项21:应用程序是否接收未读消息。Property item 21: Whether the application receives unread messages.
属性项22:应用程序是否显示未读消息的角标,以及在应用程序显示未读消息的角标时,采用哪种方式进行角标显示。Attribute item 22: Whether the application displays the icons of unread messages, and when the application displays the icons of unread messages, which method is used to display the icons.
可见,文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置与应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置存在重叠的属性项,即文件夹的属性项11与应用程序的属性项21,以及文件夹的属性项12与应用程序的属性项22。It can be seen that the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages and the attribute settings of the application regarding unread messages have overlapping attribute items, that is, the attribute item 11 of the folder and the attribute item 21 of the application, and the attribute item 12 of the folder and Application property item 22.
因此,针对任意一个文件夹以及该文件夹中的任意一个应用程序而言,电子设备结合文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置以及应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置,可设定该文件夹以及该文件夹中全部应用程序关于未读消息的接收和角标的处理。Therefore, for any folder and any application in the folder, the electronic device can set the folder and the application in combination with the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages and the attribute settings of the application regarding unread messages. All applications in this folder are concerned with receiving unread messages and processing badges.
下面,采用方式一和方式二,详细介绍本申请的消息处理方法的具体实现过程。为了便于说明,方式一和方式二中,以电子设备的应用程序层包括:桌面,以及在桌面上放置的文件夹1、文件夹2和应用1为例进行示意。其中,文件夹1中至少包括应用2,文件夹2中至少包括应用3。另外,在一个文件夹能够移至另一个文件夹中时,文件夹1中还可包括文件夹3。Below, the specific implementation process of the message processing method of this application is introduced in detail using Method 1 and Method 2. For ease of explanation, in Methods 1 and 2, the application layer of the electronic device includes: the desktop, and Folder 1, Folder 2 and Application 1 placed on the desktop as an example. Among them, folder 1 includes at least application 2, and folder 2 includes at least application 3. Additionally, Folder 1 may also include Folder 3 when one folder can be moved to another folder.
方式一method one
方式一中,电子设备借助文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置同步到应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置,可设定文件夹以及文件夹中的全部应用程序关于未读消息的策略设定。In the first method, the electronic device synchronizes the attribute settings of the unread messages of the folder to the attribute settings of the unread messages of the application, and can set the policy settings of the folder and all the applications in the folder regarding the unread messages.
1、更改文件夹1的属性设置1. Change the attribute settings of folder 1
在更改后,电子设备可存储文件夹1的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。电子设备可将应用1的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,即将应用1的属性项22同 步为文件夹1的属性项12,且存储应用1的属性项21和属性项22。并且,电子设备可存储文件夹1中的每个应用程序与文件夹1的对应关系,前述对应关系用于表示文件夹1中包括的应用程序,前述对应关系可采用如表格、矩阵、键值对等方式,如应用1与文件夹1的对应关系用于表示文件夹1中包括应用1。After the change, the electronic device may store the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the folder 1 . The electronic device can synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1, that is, the attribute item 22 of application 1 can be synchronized with the attribute item 22 of application 1. The step is the attribute item 12 of the folder 1, and the attribute items 21 and 22 of the application 1 are stored. Moreover, the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in folder 1 and folder 1. The aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in folder 1. The aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 1 and folder 1 is used to indicate that folder 1 includes application 1.
同样地,用户可更改文件夹2的属性设置。在设置/更改后,电子设备可存储文件夹2的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。电子设备可将应用3的属性项21同步为文件夹2的属性项11,将应用3的属性项22同步为文件夹2的属性项12,且存储应用3的属性项21和属性项22。并且,电子设备可存储文件夹2中的每个应用程序与文件夹2的对应关系,前述对应关系用于表示文件夹2中包括的应用程序,前述对应关系可采用如表格、矩阵、键值对等方式,如应用3与文件夹2的对应关系用于表示文件夹2中包括应用3。Similarly, the user can change the property settings of Folder 2. After setting/changing, the electronic device may store the attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the folder 2. The electronic device can synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 as the attribute item 11 of folder 2, synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 3 as the attribute item 12 of folder 2, and store the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 3. Moreover, the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in the folder 2 and the folder 2. The aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in the folder 2. The aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 3 and folder 2 is used to indicate that folder 2 includes application 3.
21、将桌面中的应用1移至文件夹1中21. Move application 1 on the desktop to folder 1
在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,电子设备可获取文件夹1的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,并将应用1的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,将应用1的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12。从而,使得应用1的属性设置保持与文件夹1的属性设置一致。After application 1 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1, Synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 1 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
22、将文件夹2中的应用3移至文件夹1中22. Move application 3 in folder 2 to folder 1
在应用3从文件夹2移至文件夹1后,电子设备可获取文件夹1的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,并将应用3的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,将应用3的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12。从而,使得应用3的属性设置保持与文件夹1的属性设置一致。After application 3 is moved from folder 2 to folder 1, the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 to the attribute item of folder 1. 11. Synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 3 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 3 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
3、将文件夹1中的应用1移至桌面3. Move application 1 in folder 1 to the desktop
在应用1从文件夹1移至桌面后,电子设备可将应用1的属性项21保持与文件夹1的属性项11一致,将应用1的属性项22保持与文件夹1的属性项12一致。After application 1 is moved from folder 1 to the desktop, the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 of application 1 consistent with the attribute item 11 of folder 1, and keep the attribute item 22 of application 1 consistent with the attribute item 12 of folder 1. .
4、将文件夹1中的应用1移至文件夹2中4. Move application 1 in folder 1 to folder 2
在应用1从文件夹1移至文件夹2后,电子设备可获取文件夹2的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,并将应用1的属性项21同步为文件夹2的属性项11,将应用1的属性项22同步为文件夹2的属性项12。从而,使得应用1的属性设置保持与文件夹2的属性设置一致。After application 1 is moved from folder 1 to folder 2, the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 2, and synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item of folder 2. 11. Synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 2. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 1 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 2.
5、将文件夹2移至文件夹1中5. Move folder 2 to folder 1
文件夹2可看作为一个应用程序,与应用1移至文件夹1的具体实现过程类似。Folder 2 can be regarded as an application, and the specific implementation process of moving application 1 to folder 1 is similar.
在文件夹2从桌面移至文件夹1后,电子设备可获取文件夹1的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,并将文件夹2的属性项11同步为文件夹1的属性项11,将文件夹2的属性项12同步为文件夹1的属性项12,将文件夹2的属性项13同步为文件夹1的属性项13。从而,使得文件夹2的属性设置保持与文件夹1的属性设置一致。After folder 2 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the electronic device can obtain the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 11 of folder 2 to the attribute item of folder 1. 11. Synchronize the attribute item 12 of folder 2 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 13 of folder 2 to the attribute item 13 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of folder 2 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
在文件夹2从桌面移至文件夹1后,文件夹2中的应用3也随之移至文件夹1中。因此,电子设备可将应用3的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,将应用3的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12。从而,使得应用3的属性设置保持与文件夹1的属性设置一致。 After folder 2 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, application 3 in folder 2 is also moved to folder 1. Therefore, the electronic device can synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1, and synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 3 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 3 remain consistent with the attribute settings of folder 1.
综上,文件夹2和文件夹2中的每个应用的属性设置均与文件夹1的属性设置保持一致。In summary, the property settings of Folder 2 and each application in Folder 2 are consistent with the property settings of Folder 1.
需要说明的是,图2中的文件夹3从文件夹1移至文件夹2中的具体实现方式可参见上述实现方式,此处不做赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation method of moving folder 3 from folder 1 to folder 2 in Figure 2 can be found in the above implementation method, and will not be described again here.
下面,结合图4,在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,详细介绍电子设备处理应用1关于未读消息的接收以及显示应用1和文件夹1关于未读消息的角标的具体实现过程。Next, with reference to Figure 4, after Application 1 is moved from the desktop to Folder 1, the specific implementation process of the electronic device processing Application 1 for receiving unread messages and displaying the icons of Application 1 and Folder 1 for unread messages will be introduced in detail.
请参阅图4,图4示出了本申请一实施例提供的消息处理方法的流程示意图。如图4所示,电子设备的操作系统中的桌面启动器和通知管理器可执行如下步骤:Please refer to Figure 4. Figure 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the desktop launcher and notification manager in the operating system of the electronic device can perform the following steps:
S11、桌面启动器获取应用1的属性项21,并判断应用1是否接收未读消息。S11. The desktop launcher obtains the attribute item 21 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 receives unread messages.
在确定应用1接收未读消息后,桌面启动器执行S12;在确定应用1不接收未读消息后,桌面启动器执行S19。After determining that application 1 receives unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S12; after determining that application 1 does not receive unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S19.
S12、桌面启动器接收应用1的未读消息。S12. The desktop launcher receives unread messages from application 1.
S13、桌面启动器向通知管理器发送应用1的未读消息,如数量、内容等。S13. The desktop launcher sends unread messages of application 1 to the notification manager, such as quantity, content, etc.
S14、通知管理器获取应用1的属性项22,并判断应用1是否显示未读消息的角标。S14. The notification manager obtains the attribute item 22 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
在确定应用1显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S15;在确定应用1不显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S19。When it is determined that the application 1 displays the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S15; when it is determined that the application 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S19.
S15、通知管理器基于应用1的未读消息,更新应用1的未读消息的角标,如新收到的应用1的未读消息的数量为2,则应用1的未读消息的角标增加2。S15. The notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of Application 1 based on the unread messages of Application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of Application 1 is 2, then the index of the unread messages of Application 1 is increase by 2.
另外,通知管理器还可基于应用1的属性项22,确定应用1的未读消息的角标显示采用何种方式,如计数显示或圆点显示。In addition, the notification manager may also determine, based on the attribute item 22 of Application 1, how to display the corner mark of the unread messages of Application 1, such as count display or dot display.
S161、通知管理器判断应用1是否在文件夹中。S161. The notification manager determines whether application 1 is in the folder.
基于上述描述,在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,通知管理器可获取到应用1与文件夹1的对应关系。从而,通知管理器基于应用1与文件夹1的对应关系,可确定应用1在文件夹中以及确定应用1所在的文件夹为文件夹1。Based on the above description, after application 1 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the notification manager can obtain the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1. Therefore, based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is in the folder and determine that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
在应用1仍在桌面上或应用程序库中时,通知管理器可无法获取应用1与任意一个文件夹的对应关系。从而,通知管理器可确定应用1在桌面上或者在应用程序库中,无需更新文件夹的未读消息的角标。While App 1 is still on the desktop or in the application library, the notification manager may not be able to obtain the corresponding relationship between App 1 and any folder. Thus, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is on the desktop or in the application library without updating the folder's index of unread messages.
在确定应用1在文件夹中时,通知管理器执行S162;在确定应用1不在文件夹中时,通知管理器执行S19。When it is determined that application 1 is in the folder, the notification manager executes S162; when it is determined that application 1 is not in the folder, the notification manager executes S19.
S162、通知管理器基于应用1与文件夹1的对应关系,确定应用1所在的文件夹为文件夹1。S162. Based on the correspondence between application 1 and folder 1, the notification manager determines that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
S17、通知管理器获取文件夹1的属性项13,并判断文件夹1是否显示未读消息的角标。S17. The notification manager obtains the attribute item 13 of folder 1, and determines whether folder 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
在确定文件夹1显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S18;在确定文件夹1不显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S19。When it is determined that the folder 1 displays the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S18; when it is determined that the folder 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S19.
S18、通知管理器基于应用1的未读消息,更新文件夹1的未读消息的角标,如新收到的应用1的未读消息的数量为2,则文件夹1的未读消息的角标增加2。S18. The notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of folder 1 based on the unread messages of application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of application 1 is 2, then the number of unread messages of folder 1 is 2. The corner mark increases by 2.
另外,通知管理器还可基于文件夹1的属性项13,确定文件夹1的未读消息的角 标显示采用何种方式,如计数显示或圆点显示。In addition, the notification manager may also determine the angle of the unread message of folder 1 based on the attribute item 13 of folder 1. How the mark is displayed, such as count display or dot display.
S19、结束。S19. End.
针对桌面启动器而言,此处的结束指的是:桌面启动器结束执行:在当前一轮中应用1关于未读消息的接收。并且,桌面启动器可继续执行图4中的S11,来判断在下一轮中是否接收应用1的未读消息。For the desktop launcher, the end here refers to: the desktop launcher ends execution: application 1 regarding the reception of unread messages in the current round. Moreover, the desktop launcher can continue to execute S11 in Figure 4 to determine whether to receive unread messages from Application 1 in the next round.
针对通知管理器而言,此处的结束指的是:通知管理器结束执行:在当前一轮中应用1和文件夹1关于未读消息的角标的更新。并且,桌面启动器可继续从桌面启动器通过图4中的S13发送的应用1的未读消息,来判断在下一轮中是否更新应用1和文件夹1关于未读消息的角标。For the notification manager, the end here refers to: the notification manager ends execution: the update of the index of unread messages by application 1 and folder 1 in the current round. Moreover, the desktop launcher can continue to send the unread messages of application 1 from the desktop launcher through S13 in FIG. 4 to determine whether to update the tags of application 1 and folder 1 regarding the unread messages in the next round.
综上,电子设备借助文件夹的属性项11同步至应用程序的属性项21,以及文件夹的属性项12同步至应用程序的属性项22,可按照应用程序的属性项21设定文件夹中的全部应用程序是否接收未读消息,可按照应用程序的属性项22设定文件夹中的全部应用程序的未读消息是否角标显示以及采用何种角标显示的方式,可按照文件夹的属性项13设定文件夹的未读消息是否角标显示以及采用何种角标显示的方式。To sum up, the electronic device synchronizes the attribute item 11 of the folder to the attribute item 21 of the application program, and the attribute item 12 of the folder synchronizes the attribute item 22 of the application program, and can set the folder in accordance with the attribute item 21 of the application program. Whether all applications in the folder receive unread messages can be set according to the property item 22 of the application whether the unread messages of all applications in the folder will be displayed as icons and in what way to display the icons. You can set them according to the attribute item 22 of the folder. Attribute item 13 sets whether the unread messages of the folder are displayed as icons and in what manner.
方式二Method 2
方式二中,电子设备借助文件夹与应用程序之间的对应关系,综合基于未读消息的属性设置同步到应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置,可设定文件夹以及文件夹中的全部应用程序关于未读消息的策略设定。In the second method, the electronic device uses the correspondence between the folder and the application to synchronize the attribute settings based on unread messages to the application's attribute settings about unread messages, and can set the folder and all applications in the folder. The program's policy settings for unread messages.
1、更改文件夹1的属性设置1. Change the attribute settings of folder 1
在更改后,电子设备可存储文件夹1的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。电子设备可将应用1的属性项21和属性项22保持不变,即并不将应用1的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,也不将应用1的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12,且存储应用1的属性项21和属性项22。并且,电子设备可存储文件夹1中的每个应用程序与文件夹1的对应关系,前述对应关系用于表示文件夹1中包括的应用程序,前述对应关系可采用如表格、矩阵、键值对等方式,如应用1与文件夹1的对应关系用于表示文件夹1中包括应用1。After the change, the electronic device may store the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the folder 1 . The electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 and the attribute item 22 of Application 1 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of Application 1 as the attribute item 11 of Folder 1, nor synchronize the attribute item 22 of Application 1 as a file. The attribute item 12 of folder 1 is stored, and the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 1 are stored. Moreover, the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in the folder 1 and the folder 1. The aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in the folder 1. The aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 1 and folder 1 is used to indicate that folder 1 includes application 1.
同样地,用户可更改文件夹2的属性设置。在更改后,电子设备可存储文件夹2的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。电子设备可将应用3的属性项21和属性项22保持不变,即并不将应用3的属性项21同步为文件夹2的属性项11,也不将应用3的属性项22同步为文件夹2的属性项12,且存储应用3的属性项21和属性项22。并且,电子设备可存储文件夹2中的每个应用程序与文件夹2的对应关系,前述对应关系用于表示文件夹2中包括的应用程序,前述对应关系可采用如表格、矩阵、键值对等方式,如应用3与文件夹2的对应关系用于表示文件夹2中包括应用3。Similarly, the user can change the property settings of Folder 2. After the change, the electronic device may store the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the folder 2 . The electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 3 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 as the attribute item 11 of folder 2, nor synchronizes the attribute item 22 of application 3 as a file. The attribute item 12 of folder 2 is stored, and the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 3 are stored. Moreover, the electronic device can store the corresponding relationship between each application program in the folder 2 and the folder 2. The aforementioned correspondence relationship is used to represent the application programs included in the folder 2. The aforementioned correspondence relationship can be in the form of a table, matrix, or key value. In a peer-to-peer manner, for example, the correspondence between application 3 and folder 2 is used to indicate that folder 2 includes application 3.
21、将桌面中的应用1移至文件夹1中21. Move application 1 on the desktop to folder 1
在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,电子设备可将应用1的属性项21和属性项22保持不变,即并不将应用1的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,也不将应用1的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12。从而,使得应用1的属性设置与文件夹1的属性设置分开设定。After application 1 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 1 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 1 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1. Nor is the property item 22 of Application 1 synchronized to the property item 12 of Folder 1 . Therefore, the attribute settings of Application 1 and the attribute settings of Folder 1 are set separately.
22、将文件夹2中的应用3移至文件夹1中 22. Move application 3 in folder 2 to folder 1
在应用3从文件夹2移至文件夹1后,电子设备可将应用3的属性项21和属性项22保持不变,即并不将应用3的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,也不将应用1的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12。从而,使得应用3的属性设置与文件夹1的属性设置分开设定。After application 3 is moved from folder 2 to folder 1, the electronic device can keep the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 3 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 3 to the attribute item of folder 1. 11, nor synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 3 and the attribute settings of folder 1 are set separately.
3、将文件夹1中的应用1移至桌面3. Move application 1 in folder 1 to the desktop
在应用1从文件夹1移至桌面后,电子设备可保持应用1的属性项21和属性项22不发生改变。After the application 1 is moved from the folder 1 to the desktop, the electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of the application 1 unchanged.
4、将文件夹1中的应用1移至文件夹2中4. Move application 1 in folder 1 to folder 2
在应用1从文件夹1移至文件夹2后,电子设备可保持应用1的属性项21和属性项22不发生改变,即并不将应用1的属性项21同步为文件夹2的属性项11,也不将应用1的属性项22同步为文件夹2的属性项12。从而,使得应用1的属性设置与文件夹2的属性设置分开设定。After application 1 is moved from folder 1 to folder 2, the electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute items 21 of application 1 to the attribute items of folder 2. 11, nor synchronize the attribute item 22 of application 1 to the attribute item 12 of folder 2. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 1 and the attribute settings of folder 2 are set separately.
5、将文件夹2移至文件夹1中5. Move folder 2 to folder 1
文件夹2可看作为一个应用程序,与应用1移至文件夹1的具体实现过程类似。Folder 2 can be regarded as an application, and the specific implementation process of moving application 1 to folder 1 is similar.
在文件夹2从桌面移至文件夹1后,电子设备可将文件夹2的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13保持不变,即并不将文件夹2的属性项11同步为文件夹1的属性项11,也不将文件夹2的属性项12同步为文件夹1的属性项12,也不将文件夹2的属性项13同步为文件夹1的属性项13。从而,使得文件夹2的属性设置与文件夹1的属性设置分开设定。After folder 2 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the electronic device can keep the attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of folder 2 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 11 of folder 2 as a file. The attribute item 11 of folder 1 is not synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder 2, nor is the attribute item 13 of folder 2 synchronized to the attribute item 13 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of folder 2 and the attribute settings of folder 1 are set separately.
在文件夹2从桌面移至文件夹1后,文件夹2中的应用3也随之移至文件夹1中。因此,电子设备可将应用3的属性项21和属性项22保持不变,即不将应用2的属性项21同步为文件夹1的属性项11,也不将应用3的属性项22同步为文件夹1的属性项12。从而,使得应用3的属性设置与文件夹1的属性设置分开设定。After folder 2 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, application 3 in folder 2 is also moved to folder 1. Therefore, the electronic device can keep the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 3 unchanged, that is, it does not synchronize the attribute item 21 of application 2 to the attribute item 11 of folder 1, nor synchronizes the attribute item 22 of application 3 to Property item 12 of folder 1. Therefore, the attribute settings of application 3 and the attribute settings of folder 1 are set separately.
综上,文件夹2和文件夹2中的每个应用的属性设置均与文件夹1的属性设置分开设定。另外,电子设备可建立文件夹2中的每个应用与文件夹1的对应关系。In summary, the property settings of Folder 2 and each application in Folder 2 are set separately from the property settings of Folder 1. In addition, the electronic device can establish a corresponding relationship between each application in folder 2 and folder 1.
需要说明的是,图2中的文件夹3从文件夹1移至文件夹2中的具体实现方式可参见上述实现方式,此处不做赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation method of moving folder 3 from folder 1 to folder 2 in Figure 2 can be found in the above implementation method, and will not be described again here.
下面,结合图5,在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,详细介绍电子设备处理应用1关于未读消息的接收以及显示应用1和文件夹1关于未读消息的角标的具体实现过程。Next, with reference to Figure 5, after Application 1 is moved from the desktop to Folder 1, the specific implementation process of the electronic device processing Application 1 for receiving unread messages and displaying the icons of Application 1 and Folder 1 for unread messages will be introduced in detail.
请参阅图5,图5示出了本申请一实施例提供的消息处理方法的流程示意图。如图5所示,电子设备的操作系统中的桌面启动器和通知管理器可执行如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 5 , which shows a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the desktop launcher and notification manager in the operating system of the electronic device can perform the following steps:
S21、桌面启动器判断应用1是否在文件夹中。S21. The desktop launcher determines whether application 1 is in the folder.
基于上述描述,在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,桌面启动器可获取应用1与文件夹1的对应关系。从而,桌面启动器基于应用1与文件夹1的对应关系,可确定应用1在文件夹中以及确定应用1所在的文件夹为文件夹1。Based on the above description, after application 1 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the desktop launcher can obtain the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1. Therefore, based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the desktop launcher can determine that application 1 is in the folder and determine that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
在应用1仍在桌面上或应用程序库中时,桌面启动器可无法获取到应用1与任意一个文件夹的对应关系。从而,桌面启动器可确定应用1在桌面上或者在应用程序库中,无需更新文件夹的未读消息的角标。While App 1 is still on the desktop or in the application library, the desktop launcher cannot obtain the corresponding relationship between App 1 and any folder. Thus, the desktop launcher can determine that application 1 is on the desktop or in the application library without updating the folder's unread message index.
在确定应用1在文件夹中时,通知管理器执行S221-S222;在确定应用1不在文 件夹中时,通知管理器执行S223。When it is determined that application 1 is in the folder, the notification manager executes S221-S222; when it is determined that application 1 is not in the folder When the file is in the folder, the notification manager executes S223.
S221、桌面启动器基于应用1与文件夹1的对应关系,确定应用1所在的文件夹为文件夹1。S221. Based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the desktop launcher determines that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
S222、桌面启动器获取文件夹1的属性项11,并判断应用1是否接收未读消息。S222. The desktop launcher obtains the attribute item 11 of folder 1, and determines whether application 1 receives unread messages.
S223、桌面启动器获取应用1的属性项21,并判断应用1是否接收未读消息。S223. The desktop launcher obtains the attribute item 21 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 receives unread messages.
S222或者S223中,在确定应用1接收未读消息时,桌面启动器执行S23;在确定应用1不接收未读消息时,桌面启动器执行S20。In S222 or S223, when it is determined that application 1 receives unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S23; when it is determined that application 1 does not receive unread messages, the desktop launcher executes S20.
S23、桌面启动器接收应用1的未读消息。S23. The desktop launcher receives unread messages from application 1.
S24、桌面启动器向通知管理器发送应用1的未读消息,如数量、内容等。S24. The desktop launcher sends unread messages of application 1 to the notification manager, such as quantity, content, etc.
S25、通知管理器判断应用1是否在文件夹中。S25. The notification manager determines whether application 1 is in the folder.
基于上述描述,在应用1从桌面移至文件夹1后,通知管理器可获取到应用1与文件夹1的对应关系。从而,通知管理器基于应用1与文件夹1的对应关系,可确定应用1在文件夹中以及确定应用1所在的文件夹为文件夹1。Based on the above description, after application 1 is moved from the desktop to folder 1, the notification manager can obtain the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1. Therefore, based on the corresponding relationship between application 1 and folder 1, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is in the folder and determine that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
在应用1仍在桌面上或应用程序库中时,通知管理器可无法获取应用1与任意一个文件夹的对应关系。从而,通知管理器可确定应用1在桌面上或者在应用程序库中,无需更新文件夹的未读消息的角标。在确定应用1在文件夹中时,通知管理器执行S261-S262;在确定应用1不在文件夹中时,通知管理器执行S263。While App 1 is still on the desktop or in the application library, the notification manager may not be able to obtain the corresponding relationship between App 1 and any folder. Thus, the notification manager can determine that application 1 is on the desktop or in the application library without updating the folder's index of unread messages. When it is determined that application 1 is in the folder, the notification manager executes S261-S262; when it is determined that application 1 is not in the folder, the notification manager executes S263.
S261、通知管理器确定应用1所在的文件夹为文件夹1。S261. The notification manager determines that the folder where application 1 is located is folder 1.
S262、通知管理器获取文件夹1的属性项12,并判断应用1是否显示未读消息的角标。S262. The notification manager obtains the attribute item 12 of the folder 1, and determines whether the application 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
S262中,在确定应用1显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S271-S29;在确定应用1不显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S20。In S262, when it is determined that the application 1 displays the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S271-S29; when it is determined that the application 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S20.
S263、通知管理器获取应用1的属性项22,并判断应用1是否显示未读消息的角标。S263. The notification manager obtains the attribute item 22 of application 1, and determines whether application 1 displays the icon of the unread message.
S263中,在确定应用1显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S272和S20;在确定应用1不显示未读消息的角标时,通知管理器执行S20。In S263, when it is determined that the application 1 displays the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S272 and S20; when it is determined that the application 1 does not display the icon of the unread message, the notification manager executes S20.
S271和S272、通知管理器基于应用1的未读消息,更新应用1的未读消息的角标,如新收到的应用1的未读消息的数量为2,则应用1的未读消息的角标增加2。S271 and S272, the notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of Application 1 based on the unread messages of Application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of Application 1 is 2, then the number of unread messages of Application 1 is 2. The corner mark increases by 2.
另外,在S25中的确定应用1在文件夹1中时,通知管理器还可基于S262中的文件夹1的属性项12,确定应用1的未读消息的角标显示采用何种方式,如计数显示或圆点显示。In addition, when it is determined that Application 1 is in Folder 1 in S25, the notification manager may also determine the method for displaying the badges of unread messages of Application 1 based on the attribute item 12 of Folder 1 in S262, such as Count display or dot display.
在S25中的确定应用1不在文件夹1中时,通知管理器还可基于S263中的应用1的属性项22,确定应用1的未读消息的角标显示采用何种方式,如计数显示或圆点显示。When it is determined in S25 that Application 1 is not in Folder 1, the notification manager may also determine, based on the attribute item 22 of Application 1 in S263, how to display the icons of the unread messages of Application 1, such as counting display or Dot display.
S28、通知管理器获取文件夹1的属性项13,并判断文件夹1是否显示未读消息的角标。在确定显示文件夹1的角标时,通知管理器执行S29;在确定不显示文件夹1的角标时,通知管理器执行S20。S28. The notification manager obtains the attribute item 13 of the folder 1, and determines whether the folder 1 displays the icon of the unread message. When it is determined to display the icon of folder 1, the manager is notified to perform S29; when it is determined not to display the icon of folder 1, the manager is notified to perform S20.
S29、通知管理器基于应用1的未读消息,更新文件夹1的未读消息的角标,如新收到的应用1的未读消息的数量为2,则文件夹1的未读消息的角标增加2。 S29. The notification manager updates the index of the unread messages of folder 1 based on the unread messages of application 1. If the number of newly received unread messages of application 1 is 2, then the number of unread messages of folder 1 is 2. The corner mark increases by 2.
另外,通知管理器还可基于文件夹1的属性项13,确定文件夹1的未读消息的角标显示采用何种方式,如计数显示或圆点显示。In addition, the notification manager can also determine, based on the attribute item 13 of folder 1, how to display the corner markers of unread messages in folder 1, such as count display or dot display.
S20、结束。S20. End.
针对桌面启动器而言,此处的结束指的是:桌面启动器结束执行:在当前一轮中应用1关于未读消息的接收。并且,桌面启动器可继续执行图5中的S21,来判断在下一轮中是否接收应用1的未读消息。For the desktop launcher, the end here refers to: the desktop launcher ends execution: application 1 regarding the reception of unread messages in the current round. Moreover, the desktop launcher can continue to execute S21 in Figure 5 to determine whether to receive unread messages of application 1 in the next round.
针对通知管理器而言,此处的结束指的是:通知管理器结束执行:在当前一轮中应用1和文件夹1关于未读消息的角标的更新。并且,桌面启动器可继续从桌面启动器通过图5中的S24发送的应用1的未读消息,来判断在下一轮中是否更新应用1和文件夹1关于未读消息的角标。综上,电子设备借助文件夹与应用程序之间的关系,可按照应用程序的属性项21或文件夹的属性项11设定文件夹中的全部应用程序是否接收未读消息,可按照应用程序的属性项22或文件夹的属性项12设定文件夹中的全部应用程序的未读消息是否角标显示以及采用何种角标显示的方式,可按照文件夹的属性项13设定文件夹的未读消息是否角标显示以及采用何种角标显示的方式。For the notification manager, the end here refers to: the notification manager ends execution: the update of the index of unread messages by application 1 and folder 1 in the current round. Moreover, the desktop launcher can continue to send the unread messages of application 1 from the desktop launcher through S24 in FIG. 5 to determine whether to update the tags of application 1 and folder 1 regarding the unread messages in the next round. In summary, with the help of the relationship between the folder and the application, the electronic device can set whether all the applications in the folder receive unread messages according to the attribute item 21 of the application or the attribute item 11 of the folder. The attribute item 22 of the folder or the attribute item 12 of the folder set whether the unread messages of all applications in the folder display icons and the method of displaying icons. You can set the folder according to the attribute item 13 of the folder. Whether the unread message should be displayed with a badge and in what manner.
基于上述实施例的描述,结合图6A-图6D、图7A-图7C、图8A-图8C、图9A-图9D、图10A-图10C、图11A-图11B、图12A-图12D、图13A-图13B、图14以及图15A-图15C,以电子设备为手机为例,详细介绍本申请的消息处理方法的具体实现方式。Based on the description of the above embodiments, in conjunction with Figures 6A-6D, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9D, 10A-10C, 11A-11B, 12A-12D, Figures 13A-13B, 14 and 15A-15C take the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example to introduce in detail the specific implementation of the message processing method of the present application.
请参阅图6A-图6D,图6A-图6D示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 6A-6D. Figures 6A-6D are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
11、QQ应用、微信应用、华为视频应用、运动健康应用、电子邮件应用各自的属性项21和属性项2211. The respective attribute items 21 and 22 of QQ application, WeChat application, Huawei video application, sports and health application, and email application
手机在检测到用户指示的打开手机中的设置的操作(如点击后文提及的图6C中的设置的标识602)后,可显示图6A示例性所示的用户界面22。其中,用户界面22可用于提供设置如桌面和壁纸、显示、声音、通知中心、应用、电池、存储、健康使用手机、安全和隐私、智能辅助、用户和账号和系统等选项的入口。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to open the settings in the mobile phone (such as clicking the settings icon 602 in FIG. 6C mentioned later), the mobile phone may display the user interface 22 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A . Among them, the user interface 22 can be used to provide access to settings such as desktop and wallpaper, display, sound, notification center, applications, battery, storage, healthy use of mobile phone, security and privacy, intelligent assistance, user and account and system options.
图6A中,用户界面22可以包括:选项221,选项221用于提供设定手机中安装的每个应用程序的关于未读消息的属性设置的入口。In FIG. 6A , the user interface 22 may include: option 221 , which is used to provide an entry for setting the attribute settings of unread messages for each application installed in the mobile phone.
手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如点击图6A中的选项221)后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。其中,用户界面23可用于显示手机中安装的每个应用程序的关于未读消息的属性设置。After detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the application (such as clicking option 221 in FIG. 6A ), the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B . Among them, the user interface 23 can be used to display attribute settings regarding unread messages for each application installed in the mobile phone.
图6B中,设置页13可以包括:区域231、区域232、区域233、区域234和区域235。In FIG. 6B , the setting page 13 may include: area 231 , area 232 , area 233 , area 234 and area 235 .
区域231,用于显示已设定的电子邮件应用的属性项21和属性项22,以及提供更改电子邮件应用的属性项21和属性项22的入口。Area 231 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the email application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the email application.
可见,针对电子邮件应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:It can be seen that for the email application, the mobile phone has the following settings:
电子邮件应用的属性项21:电子邮件应用不接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of the email application: The email application does not receive unread messages;
电子邮件应用的属性项22:不显示电子邮件应用的未读消息的角标。 Attribute item 22 of the email application: Do not display the corner icon of unread messages of the email application.
区域232,用于显示已设定的华为视频应用的属性项21和属性项22,以及提供更改华为视频应用的属性项21和属性项22的入口。Area 232 is used to display the property items 21 and 22 of the Huawei video application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the property items 21 and 22 of the Huawei video application.
可见,针对华为视频应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:It can be seen that for the Huawei video application, the mobile phone has the following settings:
华为视频应用的属性项21:华为视频应用接收未读消息;Property item 21 of Huawei Video App: Huawei Video App receives unread messages;
华为视频应用的属性项22:计数显示华为视频应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of Huawei Video App: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of Huawei Video App.
区域233,用于显示已设定的QQ应用的属性项21和属性项22,以及提供更改QQ应用的属性项21和属性项22的入口。Area 233 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application.
可见,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:It can be seen that for the QQ application, the mobile phone has the following settings:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
区域234,用于显示已设定的微信应用的属性项21和属性项22,以及提供更改微信应用的属性项21和属性项22的入口。Area 234 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the WeChat application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the WeChat application.
可见,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:It can be seen that for the WeChat application, the mobile phone has the following settings:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
区域235,用于显示已设定的运动健康应用的属性项21和属性项22,以及提供更改运动健康应用的属性项21和属性项22的入口。Area 235 is used to display the attribute items 21 and 22 of the sports and health application that have been set, and to provide an entrance for changing the attribute items 21 and 22 of the sports and health application.
可见,针对运动健康应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:It can be seen that for sports and health applications, the mobile phone has the following settings:
运动健康应用的属性项21:运动健康应用不接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of sports and health applications: Sports and health applications do not receive unread messages;
运动健康应用的属性项22:不显示运动健康应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of the sports and health application: Do not display the corner icon of unread messages of the sports and health application.
为了便于说明,新建的文件夹的默认属性设置以采用图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13进行举例说明。For ease of explanation, the default attribute settings of the newly created folder are exemplified by using the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A.
手机可显示图6C示例性所示的用户界面21。其中,用户界面21可以为桌面的主界面(home screen),用户界面21可以包括但不限于:状态栏,导航栏,日历指示符,天气指示符,以及多个应用程序标识(如包括名称和图标)等。应用程序标识至少包括:华为视频应用的标识601、设置的标识602、微信应用的标识603、QQ应用的标识604、运动健康应用的标识605和常用文件夹的标识606,常用文件夹中包括电子邮件应用和计算器应用,还可以包括:如天气的标识、音乐的标识、手机管家的标识、通话应用的标识、即时通讯的标识、浏览器的标识和相机的标识等。The mobile phone may display the user interface 21 as exemplarily shown in Figure 6C. The user interface 21 may be the home screen of the desktop, and the user interface 21 may include but is not limited to: a status bar, a navigation bar, a calendar indicator, a weather indicator, and multiple application identifiers (such as names and icon) etc. The application identification at least includes: Huawei video application identification 601, setting identification 602, WeChat application identification 603, QQ application identification 604, sports and health application identification 605 and common folder identification 606. Common folders include electronic files. Mail applications and calculator applications may also include: weather logos, music logos, phone manager logos, call application logos, instant messaging logos, browser logos, camera logos, etc.
此外,用户界面21还可用于显示华为视频应用的未读消息的角标6011、微信应用的未读消息的角标6031和QQ应用的未读消息的角标6041。In addition, the user interface 21 can also be used to display the unread message icon 6011 of the Huawei Video application, the unread message icon 6031 of the WeChat application, and the unread message icon 6041 of the QQ application.
12、将QQ应用和微信应用组成一个新的文件夹,即桌面上的聊天文件夹12. Combine the QQ application and the WeChat application into a new folder, that is, the chat folder on the desktop
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用和微信应用组建成一个新的文件夹的操作(如长按图6C中的QQ应用的标识604并拖住移动至微信应用的标识603上)后,可从显示图6C所示的用户界面21变为显示图6D示例性所示的用户界面21。After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to combine the QQ application and the WeChat application into a new folder (such as long pressing the QQ application logo 604 in Figure 6C and dragging it to the WeChat application logo 603), it can The display of the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6C changes to the display of the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6D.
相比于图6C所示的用户界面21,图6D所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604、QQ应用的未读消息的角标6041、微信应用的标识603和微信应用的未读消息的6031不再显示,且新增了聊天文件夹的标识607以及聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071。 Compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6C, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D, the identifier 604 of the QQ application, the icon 6041 of the unread message of the QQ application, the identifier 603 of the WeChat application and the unread message of the WeChat application. The message icon 6031 is no longer displayed, and the icon 607 of the chat folder and the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder are added.
其中,聊天文件夹的标识607显示在微信应用的标识603的位置上,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071显示在聊天文件夹的图标的右上角,聊天文件夹的图标中包括微信应用的图标的缩略图和QQ应用的图标的缩略图。Among them, the logo 607 of the chat folder is displayed in the position of the logo 603 of the WeChat application, and the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder is displayed in the upper right corner of the icon of the chat folder. The icon of the chat folder includes the WeChat application. The thumbnail of the icon and the thumbnail of the QQ application icon.
此外,用户界面21还可用于提供显示聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In addition, the user interface 21 can also be used to provide an entry for displaying the attribute items 11 , 12 and 13 of the chat folder.
在一些实施例中,聊天文件夹的标识607上触发的如点击、长按等操作可触发显示聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In some embodiments, operations such as clicks, long presses, etc. triggered on the identification 607 of the chat folder may trigger the display of attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the chat folder.
在另一些实施例中,用户界面21上触发的如张开手掌、握紧拳头等特殊手势操作可触发显示聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In other embodiments, special gesture operations such as opening a palm, clenching a fist, etc. triggered on the user interface 21 may trigger the display of the attribute items 11 , 12 and 13 of the chat folder.
另外,上述两种实现方式可同时设置在用户界面21中。综上,在新建聊天文件夹后,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机可设定如下内容:In addition, the above two implementation methods can be set in the user interface 21 at the same time. To sum up, after creating a new chat folder, the mobile phone can set the following content for the chat folder:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用接收未读消息;Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:计数显示文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of the chat folder: Count and display the corner markers of unread messages of QQ applications and WeChat applications in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:计数显示聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标。Property item 13 of the chat folder: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一时,手机可将聊天文件夹的属性项11同步至QQ应用的属性项21和微信应用的属性项21,并将聊天文件夹的属性项12同步至QQ应用的属性项22和微信应用的属性项22。从而,手机可按照同步后的QQ应用的属性项21和属性项22,设定QQ应用的未读消息的图标,且可按照同步后的微信应用的属性项21和属性项22,设定微信应用的未读消息的图标。When using the first method shown in Figure 4, the mobile phone can synchronize the attribute item 11 of the chat folder to the attribute item 21 of the QQ application and the attribute item 21 of the WeChat application, and synchronize the attribute item 12 of the chat folder to the attribute item 21 of the QQ application. Attribute item 22 and attribute item 22 of WeChat application. Therefore, the mobile phone can set the icon of the unread message of the QQ application according to the attribute item 21 and the attribute item 22 of the synchronized QQ application, and can set the WeChat icon according to the attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of the synchronized WeChat application. Icon for the app's unread messages.
在采用图5所示的方式二时,在QQ应用和微信应用包含在聊天文件夹中后,手机基于QQ应用与聊天文件夹之间的对应关系,可按照聊天文件夹的属性项11和属性项12,设定QQ应用的未读消息的图标,且基于微信应用与聊天文件夹之间的对应关系,可按照聊天文件夹的属性项11和属性项12,设定微信应用的未读消息的图标。When using the second method shown in Figure 5, after the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, based on the corresponding relationship between the QQ application and the chat folder, the mobile phone can follow the attribute items 11 and attributes of the chat folder. Item 12: Set the icon of the unread messages of the QQ application, and based on the correspondence between the WeChat application and the chat folder, you can set the unread messages of the WeChat application according to the attribute item 11 and attribute item 12 of the chat folder. icon.
基于上述内容,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:Based on the above content, for the QQ application, the mobile phone has set the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:For WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图7A-图7C,图7A-图7C示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 7A-7C. Figures 7A-7C are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
13、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3A所示的设置页1113. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如在图6D中的聊天文件夹的图标607上长按)后,可显示图7A示例性所示的用户界面24。其中,用户界面24可用于显示当前的聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,以及提供更改聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。After detecting the user-instructed operation of displaying the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as long pressing on the icon 607 of the chat folder in FIG. 6D), the mobile phone may display the user interface exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A twenty four. Among them, the user interface 24 can be used to display the attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the current chat folder, and provide an entrance to change the attribute items 11, 12, and 13 of the chat folder.
图7A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3A所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3A所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。 In Figure 7A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A. For the specific implementation of the setting page 11, please refer to the description of the setting page 11 shown in FIG. 3A, and will not be described again here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图7A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 7A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
14、按照图3A所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页14. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图6D中的聊天文件夹的标识607,或者,点击图7A中的控件108)后,可显示图7B示例性所示的用户界面25。其中,用户界面25可用于显示聊天文件夹的打开页。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to open the chat folder (such as clicking on the chat folder icon 607 in Figure 6D, or clicking on the control 108 in Figure 7A), the mobile phone can display the user interface shown in the example of Figure 7B 25. Among them, the user interface 25 can be used to display the opening page of the chat folder.
图7B中,用户界面25可以包括:区域608和区域609。In Figure 7B, user interface 25 may include: area 608 and area 609.
区域608,用于显示聊天文件夹的名称,以及提供修改聊天文件夹的名称的入口。Area 608 is used to display the name of the chat folder and provide an entrance to modify the name of the chat folder.
区域609,用于显示QQ应用的标识610、QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101、微信应用的标识611和微信应用的未读消息的角标6111。Area 609 is used to display the logo 610 of the QQ application, the logo 6101 of the unread messages of the QQ application, the logo 611 of the WeChat application, and the logo 6111 of the unread messages of the WeChat application.
其中,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101可采用数字的方式进行显示QQ应用的未读消息的数量。QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101可显示在QQ应用的图标的右上角。Among them, the corner mark 6101 of the unread messages of the QQ application can display the number of unread messages of the QQ application in a numerical manner. The corner mark 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application may be displayed in the upper right corner of the icon of the QQ application.
其中,微信应用的未读消息的角标6111可采用数字的方式进行显示微信应用的未读消息的数量。微信应用的未读消息的角标6111可显示在微信应用的图标的右上角。此外,用户界面25还可用于将其他应用添加至聊天文件夹中,以及将聊天文件夹中的应用移至桌面或者将聊天文件夹中的应用删除。Among them, the corner mark 6111 of the unread messages of the WeChat application can display the number of unread messages of the WeChat application in a numerical manner. The corner mark 6111 of the unread message of the WeChat application may be displayed in the upper right corner of the icon of the WeChat application. In addition, the user interface 25 can also be used to add other applications to the chat folder, as well as move applications in the chat folder to the desktop or delete applications in the chat folder.
图7B中,用户界面25还可包括:控件612,控件612可用于将其他应用添加至聊天文件夹中,还用于将聊天文件夹中的应用移至桌面或者将聊天文件夹中的应用删除。本申请对控件612的如大小、位置、颜色、形状等参数不做限定。例如,控件612可设置在区域609中。In Figure 7B, the user interface 25 may also include: control 612, which may be used to add other applications to the chat folder, and may also be used to move applications in the chat folder to the desktop or delete applications in the chat folder. . This application does not limit parameters such as size, position, color, shape, etc. of the control 612. For example, control 612 may be disposed in area 609.
此外,用户界面25还可用于提供显示聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13的入口。In addition, the user interface 25 can also be used to provide an entry for displaying the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the chat folder.
在一些实施例中,用户界面25上触发的如点击、长按等操作可触发显示聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。从而,手机在接收到用户界面25上的触发操作后,可从图7B所示的用户界面25显示为图7A示例性所示的用户界面24。In some embodiments, operations such as clicks, long presses, etc. triggered on the user interface 25 may trigger the display of the attribute items 11 , 12 , and 13 of the chat folder. Therefore, after receiving the trigger operation on the user interface 25, the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B to the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A.
在另一些实施例中,图7B中,用户界面25还可包括:控件613,控件613可用于触发显示聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13,方便实现聊天文件夹的设置页与聊天文件夹的打开页之间的切换显示。本申请对控件613的如大小、位置、颜色、形状等参数不做限定。例如,控件613可设置在区域609的上方。从而,手机在接收到控件613上触发的操作后,可从图7B所示的用户界面25显示为图7A示例性所示的用户界面24。In other embodiments, in Figure 7B, the user interface 25 may also include: a control 613. The control 613 may be used to trigger the display of the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the chat folder to facilitate the setting of the chat folder. Switches between the page and the open page of the chat folder. This application does not limit parameters such as size, position, color, shape, etc. of the control 613. For example, control 613 may be positioned above area 609. Therefore, after receiving the operation triggered on the control 613, the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B to the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 7A.
另外,上述两种实现方式可同时设置在用户界面25中。In addition, the above two implementation methods can be set in the user interface 25 at the same time.
15、采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项2215. Using the method one shown in Figure 4 or the method two shown in Figure 5, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the QQ application and the WeChat application's respective attribute items 21 and 22
由于无论采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。 No matter whether the first method shown in Figure 4 or the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
16、采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面16. Use method 1 as shown in Figure 4 or method 2 as shown in Figure 5 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图7B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图7C示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图7C所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the icon of the QQ application as shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 7C Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 7C.
相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图7C所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604显示,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6041显示为“2”,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071从“20”变为“18”。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in Figure 6D, in the user interface 21 shown in Figure 7C, the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6041 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed as "2", and the icon of the chat folder is displayed. The thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the app, and the icon of the unread messages in the chat folder changes from "20" to "18".
综上,手机可显示桌面上的聊天文件夹、聊天文件夹的设置页和聊天文件夹的打开页,不仅方便用户查看当前的聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,还方便用户查看聊天文件夹中的全部应用程序。In summary, the mobile phone can display the chat folder on the desktop, the settings page of the chat folder, and the open page of the chat folder, which not only facilitates the user to view the property settings of the current chat folder regarding unread messages, but also facilitates the user to view the chat file. All applications in the folder.
另外,手机在将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面上后,可按照初始的QQ应用关于未读消息的属性设置,计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标,或者,可按照聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,继续计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。In addition, after the mobile phone moves the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop, it can count and display the corner icons of the unread messages of the QQ application according to the initial QQ application's attribute settings for unread messages, or it can count and display the corner icons of the unread messages of the QQ application according to the chat folder. Regarding the attribute settings of unread messages, continue to count and display the corner icons of unread messages in QQ applications.
基于上述描述,手机还可向用户提供更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的入口。Based on the above description, the mobile phone can also provide the user with an entrance to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages.
下面,结合图6A-图6D、图7A-图7C、图8A-图8C、图9A-图9D、图10A-图10C、图11A-图11B、图12A-图12D和图13A-图13B,详细介绍QQ应用在聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置为各种情况下关于未读消息的角标是否显示以及采用何种方式显示的具体实现方式。Below, in conjunction with Figures 6A-6D, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9D, 10A-10C, 11A-11B, 12A-12D and 13A-13B , introduce in detail the specific implementation method of setting the attributes of unread messages in the chat folder of QQ application to whether and how to display the icons of unread messages in various situations.
在一些实施例中,手机可将聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,从图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13更改为图3G所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In some embodiments, the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to those shown in Figure 3G. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown.
从而,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机设定了如下内容:Therefore, for the chat folder, the phone is set with the following content:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用接收未读消息;Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:计数显示文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of the chat folder: Count and display the corner markers of unread messages of QQ applications and WeChat applications in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:圆点显示聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标。Property item 13 of the chat folder: The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After adopting the method one shown in Figure 4 or the method two shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图8A-图8C,图8A-图8C示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 8A-8C. Figures 8A-8C are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
21、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3G所示的设置页1121. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G
手机在检测到用户指示的更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如通 过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1031并选中图3E所示的设置页13中的选项1063)后,可显示图8A示例性所示的用户界面24。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of unread messages in the chat folder (such as After triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1063 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 8A may be displayed.
图8A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3G所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3G所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。In Figure 8A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G. For the specific implementation of the settings page 11, please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G, and will not be described again here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图8A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 8A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
22、按照图3G所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页22. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图8A中的控件108)后,可从显示图8A所示的用户界面24变为显示图7B示例性所示的用户界面25。可见,相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3G所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项11和属性项12保持不变。因此,手机分别按照图3A和图3G的设置页11,可显示相同的聊天文件夹的打开页,即图7B所示的用户界面25。After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder indicated by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 8A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 8A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 7B. It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3G , the attribute items 11 and 12 of the chat folder remain unchanged. Therefore, the mobile phone can display the same opening page of the chat folder according to the settings page 11 of FIG. 3A and FIG. 3G respectively, that is, the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B.
23、按照图3G所示的设置页11,显示桌面上的聊天文件夹23. Follow the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3G to display the chat folder on the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图8A中的除了设置页11之外的其余区域,或者,点击图7B中除了区域608、区域609和控件613之外的其余区域)后,可显示图8B示例性所示的用户界面21。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 8A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 7B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 8B may be displayed.
相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3G所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项13仍为角标显示,但角标显示的方式从计数显示变为圆点显示。因此,相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图8B所示的用户界面21中,从聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071变为显示聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6072,即从计数显示变为圆点显示。Compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3G , the attribute item 13 of the chat folder is still displayed as a marker, but the display mode of the marker is changed from a count display to a dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 8B, the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder is changed to the icon 6072 of the unread messages of the chat folder. , that is, changing from count display to dot display.
24、在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项2224. When including the QQ application and the WeChat application in the chat folder, the QQ application and the WeChat application have their respective attribute items 21 and 22
由于无论采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。No matter whether the first method shown in Figure 4 or the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
25、将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面25. Move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图7B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图8C示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图8C所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 8C Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 8C.
相比于图8B所示的用户界面21,图8C所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604显示,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6041显示为“2”,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6072仍继续显示。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in Figure 8B, in the user interface 21 shown in Figure 8C, the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6041 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed as "2", and the icon of the chat folder is displayed. The thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the app, and the corner icon 6072 of the unread messages in the chat folder continues to be displayed.
在另一些实施例中,手机可将聊天文件夹的属性设置,从图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13更改为图3H所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In other embodiments, the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3H Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
从而,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机设定了如下内容:Therefore, for the chat folder, the phone is set with the following content:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用接收未读消息; Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:圆点显示文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of the chat folder: The dots display the corner marks of unread messages of the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:圆点显示聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标。Property item 13 of the chat folder: The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:圆点显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of the QQ application: The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:圆点显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of the WeChat application: The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the WeChat application.
在图5所示的方式二后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After method 2 shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图9A-图9D,图9A-图9D示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 9A-9D. Figures 9A-9D are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
31、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3H所示的设置页1131. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H
手机在检测到用户指示的更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1021并选中图3D所示的设置页12中的选项1043,以及通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1031并选中图3E所示的设置页13中的选项1063)后,可显示图9A示例性所示的用户界面24。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1021 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1043 in settings page 12 shown in Figure 3D , and by triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1063 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9A can be displayed.
图9A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3H所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3H所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。In Figure 9A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H. For the specific implementation of the setting page 11, please refer to the description of the setting page 11 shown in Figure 3H, and will not be described again here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图9A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 9A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
32、按照图3H所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页32. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图9A中的控件108)后,可从显示图9A所示的用户界面24变为显示图9B示例性所示的用户界面25。After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder indicated by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 9A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 9A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 9B.
可见,相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3H所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项11保持不变,聊天文件夹的属性项12保持角标显示,但角标显示的方式从计数显示变为圆点显示。因此,相比于图7B所示的用户界面25,图9B所示的用户界面25中,从QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101变为QQ应用的未读消息的角标6102,从微信应用的未读消息的角标6111变为微信应用的未读消息的角标6112,即从计数显示变为圆点显示。It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A, in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H, the attribute item 11 of the chat folder remains unchanged, and the attribute item 12 of the chat folder keeps the icon displayed, but the icon The display mode changes from counting display to dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B, in the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 9B, the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application changes to the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application, and the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application changes from the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application. The icon 6111 of the unread message of the application changes to the icon 6112 of the unread message of the WeChat application, that is, it changes from the count display to the dot display.
33、按照图3H所示的设置页11,显示桌面上的聊天文件夹33. Follow the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H to display the chat folder on the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图9A中的除了设置页11之外的其余区域,或者,点击图9B中除了区域608、区域609和控件613之外的 其余区域)后,可显示图8B示例性所示的用户界面21。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 9A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the area in Figure 9B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. After removing the remaining areas), the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 8B may be displayed.
相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3H所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项13仍为角标显示,但角标显示的方式从计数显示变为圆点显示。因此,相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图8B所示的用户界面21中,从聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071变为显示聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6072,即从计数显示变为圆点显示。Compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3H , the attribute item 13 of the chat folder is still displayed as a marker, but the display mode of the marker is changed from a count display to a dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 8B, the icon 6071 of the unread messages of the chat folder is changed to the icon 6072 of the unread messages of the chat folder. , that is, changing from count display to dot display.
341、采用图4所示的方式一,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22341. Using the method one shown in Figure 4, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the respective attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application and the WeChat application are
由于在采用图4所示的方式一时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,按照图3H所示的设置页11,各个应用程序的属性项21保持不变,各个应用程序的属性项22发生改变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图9C示例性所示的用户界面23。When using the method shown in Figure 4, for QQ applications and WeChat applications, according to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3H, the attribute items 21 of each application remain unchanged, and the attribute items 22 of each application change. . Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9C .
相比于图6B所示的用户界面23,图9C所示的用户界面23中,区域233和区域234从“接收-计数”变为“接收-圆点”。Compared with the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 6B , in the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 9C , the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count" to "receive-dot".
342、采用图4所示的方式一,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面342. Use method 1 shown in Figure 4 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图9B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图9D示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图9D所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the icon of the QQ application as shown in Figure 9B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example of Figure 9D. Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 9D.
相比于图8B所示的用户界面21,图9D所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604显示,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6042显示,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6072仍继续显示。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in Figure 8B, in the user interface 21 shown in Figure 9D, the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6042 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed, and the icon of the chat folder is no longer displayed. The thumbnail of the QQ application icon and the corner icon 6072 of the unread messages in the chat folder continue to be displayed.
351、采用图5所示的方式二,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22351. Using the second method shown in Figure 5, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the respective attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application and the WeChat application are
由于在采用图5所示的方式二时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。Because when the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
352、采用图5所示的方式二,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面352. Use the second method shown in Figure 5 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图9B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图8C示例性所示的用户界面21。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 9B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 8C Interface 21.
在另一些实施例中,手机可将聊天文件夹的属性设置,从图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13更改为图3I所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In other embodiments, the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3I Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
从而,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机设定了如下内容:Therefore, for the chat folder, the phone is set with the following content:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用接收未读消息;Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:计数显示文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of the chat folder: Count and display the corner markers of unread messages of QQ applications and WeChat applications in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:关闭聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标显示。Property item 13 of the chat folder: Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After adopting the method one shown in Figure 4 or the method two shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息; Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图10A-图10C,图10A-图10C示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 10A to 10C. Figures 10A to 10C are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
41、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3I所示的设置页1141. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3I
手机在检测到用户指示的更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1031并选中图3E所示的设置页13中的选项1061)后,可显示图10A示例性所示的用户界面24。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1031 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1061 in settings page 13 shown in Figure 3E ), the user interface 24 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 10A may be displayed.
图10A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3I所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3I所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。In Figure 10A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3I. For the specific implementation of the setting page 11, please refer to the description of the setting page 11 shown in Figure 3I, and will not be described again here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图10A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 10A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
42、按照图3I所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页42. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3I, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图10A中的控件108)后,可从显示图10A所示的用户界面24变为显示图7B示例性所示的用户界面25。可见,相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3I所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项11和属性项12保持不变。因此,手机分别按照图3A和图3I的设置页11,可显示相同的聊天文件夹的打开页,即图7B所示的用户界面25。After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 10A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 10A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 7B. It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3I , the attribute items 11 and 12 of the chat folder remain unchanged. Therefore, the mobile phone can display the same opening page of the chat folder according to the settings page 11 of FIG. 3A and FIG. 3I respectively, that is, the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B.
43、按照图3I所示的设置页11,显示桌面上的聊天文件夹43. Follow the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3I to display the chat folder on the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图10A中的除了设置页11之外的其余区域,或者,点击图7B中除了区域608、区域609和控件613之外的其余区域)后,可显示图10B示例性所示的用户界面21。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 10A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 7B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3I所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项13从角标显示变为关闭角标显示。因此,相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图10B所示的用户界面21中,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071不再显示。Compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3I , the property item 13 of the chat folder changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
44、在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项2244. When including the QQ application and the WeChat application in the chat folder, the QQ application and the WeChat application have their respective attribute items 21 and 22
由于无论采用图4所示的方式一或图5所示的方式二,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。No matter whether the first method shown in Figure 4 or the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
45、将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面45. Move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图7B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图10C示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图10C所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 10C.
相比于图10B所示的用户界面21,图10C所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标 识604显示,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6041显示为“2”,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B, in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10C, the logo of the QQ application The identification 604 shows that the icon 6041 of the unread messages of the QQ application is displayed as "2", and the thumbnail of the icon of the QQ application is no longer displayed in the icon of the chat folder.
在另一些实施例中,手机可将聊天文件夹的属性设置,从图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13更改为图3J所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In other embodiments, the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3J Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
从而,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机设定了如下内容:Therefore, for the chat folder, the phone is set with the following content:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用接收未读消息;Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:圆点显示文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of the chat folder: The dots display the corner marks of unread messages of the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:关闭聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标显示。Property item 13 of the chat folder: Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:圆点显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of the QQ application: The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:圆点显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of the WeChat application: The dot displays the corner mark of the unread messages of the WeChat application.
在图5所示的方式二后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After method 2 shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图11A-图11B,图11A-图11B示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 11A and 11B. Figures 11A and 11B are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
51、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3J所示的设置页1151. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J
手机在检测到用户指示的更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1021并选中图3D所示的设置页12中的选项1043,以及通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1031并选中图3E所示的设置页13中的选项1061)后,可显示图11A示例性所示的用户界面24。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1021 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1043 in settings page 12 shown in Figure 3D , and by triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1061 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 11A can be displayed.
图11A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3J所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3J所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。In Figure 11A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J. For the specific implementation of the settings page 11, please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J, and will not be described in detail here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图11A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 11A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
52、按照图3J所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页52. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图11A中的控件108)后,可从显示图11A所示的用户界面24变为显示图9B示例性所示的用户界面25。After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 11A), the mobile phone can change from displaying the user interface 24 shown in Figure 11A to displaying the user interface 25 shown exemplarily in Figure 9B.
可见,相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3J所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项11保持不变。聊天文件夹的属性项12保持角标显示,但角标显示的方式从计 数显示变为圆点显示。因此,相比于图7B所示的用户界面25,图9B所示的用户界面25中,从QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101变为QQ应用的未读消息的角标6102,从微信应用的未读消息的角标6111变为微信应用的未读消息的角标6112,即从计数显示变为圆点显示。It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A, in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J, the attribute items 11 of the chat folder remain unchanged. Property item 12 of the chat folder keeps the icon displayed, but the way the icon is displayed changes from the design. The number display changes to dot display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B, in the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 9B, the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application changes to the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application, and the icon 6102 of the unread message of the QQ application changes from the icon 6101 of the unread message of the QQ application. The icon 6111 of the unread message of the application changes to the icon 6112 of the unread message of the WeChat application, that is, it changes from the count display to the dot display.
53、按照图3J所示的设置页11,显示桌面上的聊天文件夹53. Follow the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J to display the chat folder on the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图11A中的除了设置页11之外的其余区域,或者,点击图9B中除了区域608、区域609和控件613之外的其余区域)后,可显示图10B示例性所示的用户界面21。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 11A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 9B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3J所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项13从角标显示变为关闭角标显示。因此,相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图10B所示的用户界面21中,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071不再显示。Compared with the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3A , in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3J , the property item 13 of the chat folder changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
541、采用图4所示的方式一,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22541. Using the method one shown in Figure 4, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the respective attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application and the WeChat application are
由于在采用图4所示的方式一时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,按照图3J所示的设置页11,各个应用程序的属性项21保持不变,各个应用程序的属性项22发生改变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图9C示例性所示的用户界面23。Because when the method shown in Figure 4 is adopted, for QQ applications and WeChat applications, according to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3J, the attribute items 21 of each application remain unchanged, and the attribute items 22 of each application change. . Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 9C .
相比于图6B所示的用户界面23,图9C所示的用户界面23中,区域233和区域234从“接收-计数”变为“接收-圆点”。Compared with the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 6B , in the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 9C , the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count" to "receive-dot".
542、采用图4所示的方式一,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面542. Use method 1 shown in Figure 4 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图7B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图11B示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图11B所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the icon of the QQ application as shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 11B Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 11B.
相比于图10B所示的用户界面21,图11B所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604显示,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6042显示,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in Figure 10B, in the user interface 21 shown in Figure 11B, the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, the icon 6042 of the unread message of the QQ application is displayed, and the icon of the chat folder is no longer displayed. Thumbnail of the QQ application icon.
551、采用图5所示的方式二,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22551. Using the second method shown in Figure 5, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the respective attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application and the WeChat application are
由于在采用图5所示的方式二时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。Because when the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after detecting the user-instructed operation of viewing attribute settings of unread messages by the mobile phone, the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
552、采用图5所示的方式二,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面552. Use the second method shown in Figure 5 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图7B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图10C示例性所示的用户界面21。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 7B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21.
在另一些实施例中,手机可将聊天文件夹的属性设置,从图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13更改为图3F所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In other embodiments, the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to the settings shown in Figure 3F Property item 11, property item 12, and property item 13 of the folder on page 11.
从而,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机设定了如下内容:Therefore, for the chat folder, the phone is set with the following content:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用接收未读消息; Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:关闭文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标显示;Property item 12 of the chat folder: Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:关闭聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标显示。Property item 13 of the chat folder: Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:关闭QQ应用的未读消息的角标显示。QQ application property item 22: Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:关闭微信应用的未读消息的角标显示。Property item 22 of the WeChat application: Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the WeChat application.
在图5所示的方式二后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After method 2 shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图12A-图12D,图12A-图12D示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 12A-12D. Figures 12A-12D are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
61、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3F所示的设置页1161. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F
手机在检测到用户指示的更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1021并选中图3D所示的设置页12中的选项1041,以及通过触发图7A所示的设置页11中的选项1031并选中图3E所示的设置页13中的选项1061)后,可显示图12A示例性所示的用户界面24。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to change the attribute settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as by triggering option 1021 in settings page 11 shown in Figure 7A and selecting option 1041 in settings page 12 shown in Figure 3D , and by triggering the option 1031 in the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 7A and selecting the option 1061 in the settings page 13 shown in FIG. 3E), the user interface 24 exemplarily shown in FIG. 12A can be displayed.
图12A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3F所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3F所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。In Figure 12A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F. For the specific implementation of the settings page 11, please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F, and will not be described again here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图8A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 8A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
62、按照图3F所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页62. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图12A中的控件108)后,可显示图12B示例性所示的用户界面25。After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 12A), the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 as exemplarily shown in Figure 12B.
可见,相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3F所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项12从角标显示变为关闭角标显示。因此,相比于图7B所示的用户界面25,图12B所示的用户界面25中,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101以及微信应用的未读消息的角标6111不再显示。It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A, in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F, the attribute item 12 of the chat folder changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B , in the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 12B , the icons 6101 of the unread messages of the QQ application and the icons 6111 of the unread messages of the WeChat application are no longer displayed.
63、按照图3F所示的设置页11,显示桌面上的聊天文件夹63. Follow the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F to display the chat folder on the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图12A中的除了设置页11之外的其余区域,或者,点击图12B中除了区域608、区域609和控件613之外的其余区域)后,可显示图10B示例性所示的用户界面21。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 12A except the settings page 11, or clicking on the remaining areas in Figure 12B except for the area 608, area 609 and control 613. ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图12A聊天文件夹的属性项13从角标显示变为 关闭角标显示。因此,相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图10B所示的用户界面21中,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071不再显示。Compared with the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A, the attribute item 13 of the chat folder in Figure 12A changes from the icon display to Turn off the badge display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
641、采用图4所示的方式一,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22641. Using the method 1 shown in Figure 4, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the respective attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application and the WeChat application are
由于在采用图4所示的方式一时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,按照图3F所示的设置页11,各个应用程序的属性项21保持不变,各个应用程序的属性项22发生改变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如点击图6A中的选项221)后,可显示图12C示例性所示的用户界面23。When using the method shown in Figure 4, for QQ applications and WeChat applications, according to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3F, the attribute items 21 of each application remain unchanged, and the attribute items 22 of each application change. . Therefore, after the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of viewing the attribute settings of unread messages by the application (such as clicking option 221 in FIG. 6A ), the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 as exemplarily shown in FIG. 12C .
相比于图6B所示的用户界面23,图12C所示的用户界面23中,区域233和区域234从“接收-计数”变为“接收-不显示”。Compared with the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 6B, in the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 12C, the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count" to "receive-not display".
642、采用图4所示的方式一,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面642. Use method 1 shown in Figure 4 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图12B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图12D示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图12D所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 12D. Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 12D.
相比于图10B所示的用户界面21,图12D所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604显示,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 12D , the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, and the thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the icon of the chat folder.
651、采用图5所示的方式二,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22651. Using the second method shown in Figure 5, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the respective attribute items 21 and 22 of the QQ application and the WeChat application are
由于在采用图5所示的方式二时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如点击图6A中的选项221)后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。Because when the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of viewing the attribute settings of unread messages by the application (such as clicking option 221 in FIG. 6A ), the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
652、采用图5所示的方式二,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面652. Use method 2 shown in Figure 5 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图12B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图10C示例性所示的用户界面21。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21.
在另一些实施例中,手机可将聊天文件夹的属性设置,从图3A所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13更改为图3B/图3C所示的设置页11中的文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13。In other embodiments, the mobile phone can change the attribute settings of the chat folder from the attribute items 11, 12 and 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A to those shown in Figure 3B/Figure 3C. Attribute item 11, attribute item 12 and attribute item 13 of the folder in the settings page 11 shown.
从而,针对聊天文件夹而言,手机设定了如下内容:Therefore, for the chat folder, the phone is set with the following content:
聊天文件夹的属性项11:聊天文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用不接收未读消息;Property item 11 of the chat folder: QQ applications and WeChat applications in the chat folder do not receive unread messages;
聊天文件夹的属性项12:关闭文件夹中的QQ应用和微信应用的未读消息的角标显示;Property item 12 of the chat folder: Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in the QQ application and WeChat application in the folder;
聊天文件夹的属性项13:关闭聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标显示。Property item 13 of the chat folder: Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the chat folder.
在采用图4所示的方式一后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After adopting method 1 shown in Figure 4, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用不接收未读消息;QQ application attribute item 21: QQ application does not receive unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:关闭QQ应用的未读消息的角标显示。QQ application property item 22: Turn off the corner icon display of unread messages in QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用不接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application does not receive unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:关闭微信应用的未读消息的角标显示。 Property item 22 of the WeChat application: Turn off the display of corner icons for unread messages in the WeChat application.
在图5所示的方式二后,针对QQ应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:After method 2 shown in Figure 5, for the QQ application, the mobile phone sets the following content:
QQ应用的属性项21:QQ应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of QQ application: QQ application receives unread messages;
QQ应用的属性项22:计数显示QQ应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of QQ application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of QQ application.
以及,针对微信应用而言,手机设定了如下内容:And, for WeChat applications, the mobile phone settings are as follows:
微信应用的属性项21:微信应用接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of WeChat application: WeChat application receives unread messages;
微信应用的属性项22:计数显示微信应用的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of WeChat application: Count and display the corner mark of unread messages of WeChat application.
请参阅图13A-图13B,图13A-图13B示出了本申请一实施例提供的人机交互界面示意图。Please refer to Figures 13A and 13B. Figures 13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of a human-computer interaction interface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
71、聊天文件夹的属性项11、属性项12和属性项13——图3C所示的设置页1171. Property item 11, property item 12 and property item 13 of the chat folder - Settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C
手机在检测到用户指示的更改聊天文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如通过触发图7A所示的点击设置页11中的控件1011变为控件1012)后,可显示图13A示例性所示的用户界面24。After the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of changing the property settings of the chat folder regarding unread messages (such as changing the control 1011 in the settings page 11 to the control 1012 by triggering the click shown in FIG. 7A ), the mobile phone may display the example shown in FIG. 13A User interface 24 is shown.
图13A中,用户界面24可以包括:图3C所示的设置页11。其中,设置页11的具体实现方式可参见图3C所示的设置页11的描述,此处不做赘述。In Figure 13A, the user interface 24 may include: the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C. For the specific implementation of the settings page 11, please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3C, and will not be described again here.
另外,用户界面24还可用于提供从用户界面24返回至聊天文件夹的打开页的入口。图13A中,设置页11还可包括:控件108,控件108可用于触发返回至聊天文件夹的打开页。Additionally, the user interface 24 may also be used to provide access from the user interface 24 back to the open page of the chat folder. In Figure 13A, the settings page 11 may also include: a control 108, which may be used to trigger a return to the open page of the chat folder.
72、按照图3C所示的设置页11,显示聊天文件夹的打开页72. According to the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C, display the opening page of the chat folder
手机在检测到用户指示的打开聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图13A中的控件108)后,可显示图12B示例性所示的用户界面25。After detecting the operation of opening the chat folder instructed by the user (such as clicking the control 108 in Figure 13A), the mobile phone can display the user interface 25 as exemplarily shown in Figure 12B.
可见,相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图3C所示的设置页11中,聊天文件夹的属性项12从角标显示变为关闭角标显示。因此,相比于图7B所示的用户界面25,图12B所示的用户界面25中,QQ应用的未读消息的角标6101以及微信应用的未读消息的角标6111不再显示。It can be seen that compared with the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3A, in the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C, the attribute item 12 of the chat folder changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B , in the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 12B , the icons 6101 of the unread messages of the QQ application and the icons 6111 of the unread messages of the WeChat application are no longer displayed.
73、按照图3C所示的设置页11,显示桌面上的聊天文件夹73. Follow the settings page 11 shown in Figure 3C to display the chat folder on the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的显示聊天文件夹的操作(如点击图13A中的除了设置页11之外的其余区域,或者,点击图12B中除了区域608、区域609和控件613之外的其余区域)后,可显示图10B示例性所示的用户界面21。The mobile phone detects the operation instructed by the user to display the chat folder (such as clicking on the remaining areas except the settings page 11 in Figure 13A, or clicking on the remaining areas except area 608, area 609 and control 613 in Figure 12B ), the user interface 21 shown exemplarily in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
相比于图3A所示的设置页11,图13A聊天文件夹的属性项13从角标显示变为关闭角标显示。因此,相比于图6D所示的用户界面21,图10B所示的用户界面21中,聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071不再显示。Compared with the setting page 11 shown in FIG. 3A, the attribute item 13 of the chat folder in FIG. 13A changes from the icon display to the closed icon display. Therefore, compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 6D , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , the corner mark 6071 of the unread message of the chat folder is no longer displayed.
741、采用图4所示的方式一,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22741. Using the method one shown in Figure 4, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the QQ application and the WeChat application have their respective attribute items 21 and 22
由于在采用图4所示的方式一时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,按照图3C所示的设置页11,各个应用程序的属性项21发生改变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如点击图6A中的选项221)后,可显示图13B示例性所示的用户界面23。Because when the method 1 shown in FIG. 4 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, according to the settings page 11 shown in FIG. 3C, the attribute items 21 of each application are changed. Therefore, after the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of viewing the attribute settings of unread messages by the application (such as clicking option 221 in FIG. 6A ), the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 13B .
相比于图6B所示的用户界面23,图13B所示的用户界面23中,区域233和区域234从“接收-计数”变为“不接收”。 Compared with the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 6B, in the user interface 23 shown in FIG. 13B, the area 233 and the area 234 change from "receive-count" to "no reception".
742、采用图4所示的方式一,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面742. Use method 1 shown in Figure 4 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图12B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图12D示例性所示的用户界面21。需要说明的是,QQ应用的标识604可不限于显示在图12D所示的桌面的位置。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's instructions as shown in the example in Figure 12D. Interface 21. It should be noted that the logo 604 of the QQ application may not be limited to the position displayed on the desktop shown in FIG. 12D.
相比于图10B所示的用户界面21,图12D所示的用户界面21中,QQ应用的标识604显示,聊天文件夹的图标中不再显示QQ应用的图标的缩略图。Compared with the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 10B , in the user interface 21 shown in FIG. 12D , the logo 604 of the QQ application is displayed, and the thumbnail of the QQ application icon is no longer displayed in the icon of the chat folder.
751、采用图5所示的方式二,在聊天文件夹中包括QQ应用和微信应用时,QQ应用和微信应用各自的属性项21和属性项22751. Using the second method shown in Figure 5, when the QQ application and the WeChat application are included in the chat folder, the QQ application and the WeChat application have their respective attribute items 21 and 22
由于在采用图5所示的方式二时,针对QQ应用和微信应用而言,各个应用程序的属性项21和属性项22保持不变。因此,手机在检测到用户指示的查看应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的操作(如点击图6A中的选项221)后,可显示图6B示例性所示的用户界面23。Because when the second method shown in Figure 5 is adopted, for the QQ application and the WeChat application, the attribute items 21 and 22 of each application remain unchanged. Therefore, after the mobile phone detects the user-instructed operation of viewing the attribute settings of unread messages by the application (such as clicking option 221 in FIG. 6A ), the mobile phone may display the user interface 23 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6B .
752、采用图5所示的方式二,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面752. Use method 2 shown in Figure 5 to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
手机在检测到用户指示的将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的操作(如将图12B所示的QQ应用的图标拖入到桌面中)后,可从显示图10C示例性所示的用户界面21。After the mobile phone detects the user's instruction to move the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop (such as dragging the QQ application icon shown in Figure 12B to the desktop), it can display the user's operation as shown in the example in Figure 10C Interface 21.
综上,电子设备通过文件夹的设置页,可向用户提供更改文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置的入口,以及提供文件夹关于未读消息以及文件夹中的全部应用程序的多种显示方式。In summary, the electronic device can provide the user with an entrance to change the attribute settings of the folder regarding unread messages through the folder's settings page, and provide multiple display methods for the folder regarding unread messages and all applications in the folder. .
基于图6A-图6D、图7A-图7C、图8A-图8C、图9A-图9D、图10A-图10C、图11A-图11B、图12A-图12D和图13A-图13B实施例的描述,在一个应用新移动至一个文件夹后,电子设备可借助文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,设定该应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置。Embodiments based on Figures 6A-6D, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9D, 10A-10C, 11A-11B, 12A-12D and 13A-13B Description: After an application is newly moved to a folder, the electronic device can use the folder's property settings for unread messages to set the application's property settings for unread messages.
在一个具体的实施例中,电子设备的桌面中可以包括:文件夹a、文件夹b和文件夹c。其中,文件夹a中至少包括应用a,文件夹b中至少包括应用b,文件夹c中至少包括应用c。In a specific embodiment, the desktop of the electronic device may include: folder a, folder b, and folder c. Wherein, folder a includes at least application a, folder b includes at least application b, and folder c includes at least application c.
请参阅图14,图14示出了本申请一实施例提供的三种文件夹的桌面显示和各个文件夹的打开页的示意图。Please refer to Figure 14. Figure 14 shows a schematic diagram of the desktop display of three folders and the open page of each folder provided by an embodiment of the present application.
针对文件夹a而言,电子设备设定了如下内容:For folder a, the electronic device has the following content:
文件夹a的属性项11:文件夹a中的全部应用程序不接收未读消息;Attribute item 11 of folder a: All applications in folder a do not receive unread messages;
文件夹a的属性项12:显示文件夹a中的全部应用程序的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of folder a: Displays the icons of unread messages of all applications in folder a;
文件夹a的属性项13:显示文件夹a的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 13 of folder a: Displays the index of unread messages of folder a.
可见,如图14所示,文件夹a在桌面显示中可显示未读消息的角标,应用a在文件夹a的打开页中显示未读消息的角标。It can be seen that, as shown in Figure 14, folder a can display the icon of unread messages on the desktop display, and application a can display the icon of unread messages on the open page of folder a.
针对文件夹b而言,电子设备设定了如下内容:For folder b, the electronic device has the following settings:
文件夹b的属性项11:文件夹b中的全部应用程序不接收未读消息;Attribute item 11 of folder b: All applications in folder b do not receive unread messages;
文件夹b的属性项12:显示文件夹b中的全部应用程序的未读消息的角标;Attribute item 12 of folder b: Displays the icons of unread messages of all applications in folder b;
文件夹b的属性项13:关闭文件夹b的未读消息的角标的显示。Property item 13 of folder b: Turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in folder b.
可见,如图14所示,文件夹b在桌面显示中可关闭未读消息的角标的显示,应用b在文件夹b的打开页中显示未读消息的角标。 It can be seen that, as shown in Figure 14, folder b can turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in the desktop display, and application b can display the icons of unread messages in the open page of folder b.
针对文件夹c而言,电子设备设定了如下内容:For folder c, the electronic device has the following settings:
文件夹c的属性项11:文件夹c中的全部应用程序接收未读消息或不接收未读消息;Attribute item 11 of folder c: All applications in folder c receive unread messages or do not receive unread messages;
文件夹c的属性项12:关闭文件夹c中的全部应用程序的未读消息的角标的显示;Property item 12 of folder c: Turn off the display of unread message icons for all applications in folder c;
文件夹c的属性项13:关闭文件夹c的未读消息的角标的显示。Property item 13 of folder c: Turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in folder c.
可见,如图14所示,文件夹c在桌面显示中可关闭未读消息的角标的显示,应用c在文件夹c的打开页中显示未读消息的角标。基于上述描述,基于预先设置的文件夹a、文件夹b和文件夹c,电子设备可向用户提供各种更改应用程序关于未读消息的属性设置的渠道,有利于及时满足用户需求。It can be seen that, as shown in Figure 14, folder c can turn off the display of the icons of unread messages in the desktop display, and application c can display the icons of unread messages in the open page of folder c. Based on the above description, based on the preset folder a, folder b and folder c, the electronic device can provide the user with various channels to change the attribute settings of the application regarding unread messages, which is conducive to meeting the user's needs in a timely manner.
在一些实施例中,电子设备的桌面中还可以包括:应用1。In some embodiments, the desktop of the electronic device may also include: application 1.
针对应用1而言,电子设备设定了如下内容:For Application 1, the electronic device has the following settings:
应用1的属性项21:应用1接收未读消息不接收未读消息;Attribute item 21 of Application 1: Application 1 receives unread messages but does not receive unread messages;
应用1的属性项22:显示应用1的未读消息的角标。Attribute item 22 of application 1: Displays the icon of unread messages of application 1.
可见,应用1在桌面显示中显示未读消息的角标。It can be seen that application 1 displays the icon of unread messages on the desktop display.
请参阅图15A,图15A示出了本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法的流程示意图。Please refer to Figure 15A. Figure 15A shows a schematic flowchart of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图15A所示,本申请的消息处理方法可以包括:As shown in Figure 15A, the message processing method of this application may include:
S61、应用1从桌面移至文件夹c中。S61. Move application 1 from the desktop to folder c.
文件夹c的桌面显示中,文件夹c从包括应用c变为包括应用1和应用c。In the desktop display of folder c, folder c changes from including application c to including application 1 and application c.
文件夹c的打开页中,应用1的未读消息的角标不再显示。In the open page of folder c, the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
S62、在电子设备采用图4所示的方式一时,应用1从文件夹c移至桌面。S62. When the electronic device adopts method 1 shown in Figure 4, application 1 is moved from folder c to the desktop.
在应用1包含在文件夹c中后,应用1的属性项21已同步为文件夹c的属性项11,且应用1的属性项22已同步为文件夹c的属性项12。因此,在应用1从文件夹c移至桌面后,桌面显示中,文件夹c从包括应用1和应用c变为包括应用c,应用1的未读消息的角标不再显示。After application 1 is included in folder c, the attribute item 21 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 11 of folder c, and the attribute item 22 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder c. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder c to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder c changes from including application 1 and application c to including application c, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
S63、在电子设备采用图4所示的方式二时,应用1从文件夹c移至桌面。S63. When the electronic device adopts method 2 shown in Figure 4, application 1 is moved from folder c to the desktop.
在应用1包含在文件夹c中后,应用1的属性项21和属性项22并不进行同步。因此,在应用1从文件夹c移至桌面后,桌面显示中,文件夹c从包括应用1和应用c变为包括应用c,且应用1的未读消息的角标显示。After application 1 is included in folder c, the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 are not synchronized. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder c to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder c changes from including application 1 and application c to including application c, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
需要说明的是,除了应用1之外,桌面中的其他文件夹也可按照上述描述实现关于其他文件夹中的每个应用关于未读消息的属性设置的更改,此处不做赘述。It should be noted that, in addition to application 1, other folders on the desktop can also change the attribute settings of unread messages for each application in other folders according to the above description, which will not be described again here.
综上,电子设备可事先将一个文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置设定为用户期望不显示角标的效果,如借助文件夹c关于未读消息的属性设置,通过将应用程序/另一个文件夹移至该文件夹中,或者将应用程序/另一个文件夹移至该文件夹中且将该应用程序/另一个文件夹从该文件夹移至桌面,可快速删除应用程序/另一个文件夹的未读消息的角标。To sum up, the electronic device can set the attribute setting of a folder regarding unread messages in advance to the effect that the user expects not to display the badge. For example, by using the attribute setting of folder c regarding unread messages, by changing the application/another file You can quickly delete an application/another file by moving it to the folder, or moving the application/another folder to the folder and moving the application/another folder from the folder to the desktop. The folder's unread message icon.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备的桌面中还可以包括:应用1。In other embodiments, the desktop of the electronic device may also include: application 1.
针对应用1而言,电子设备设定了如下内容:For Application 1, the electronic device has the following settings:
应用1的属性项21:应用1接收未读消息或不接收未读消息; Attribute item 21 of Application 1: Application 1 receives unread messages or does not receive unread messages;
应用1的属性项22:关闭应用1的未读消息的角标的显示。Property item 22 of application 1: Turn off the display of the icons of unread messages of application 1.
可见,应用1在桌面显示中不显示未读消息的角标。It can be seen that Application 1 does not display the icon of unread messages on the desktop display.
请参阅图15B-图15C,图15B-图15C示出了本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法的流程示意图。Please refer to Figures 15B to 15C. Figures 15B to 15C are schematic flow charts of a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图15B所示,本申请的消息处理方法可以包括:As shown in Figure 15B, the message processing method of this application may include:
S71、应用1从桌面移至文件夹a中。S71. Move application 1 from the desktop to folder a.
文件夹a的桌面显示中,文件夹a从包括应用a变为包括应用1和应用a。In the desktop display of folder a, folder a changes from including application a to including application 1 and application a.
文件夹a的打开页中,应用1的未读消息的角标显示。In the open page of folder a, the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
S72、在电子设备采用图4所示的方式一时,应用1从文件夹a移至桌面。S72. When the electronic device adopts method 1 shown in Figure 4, application 1 is moved from folder a to the desktop.
在应用1包含在文件夹a中后,应用1的属性项21已同步为文件夹a的属性项11,且应用1的属性项22已同步为文件夹a的属性项12。因此,在应用1从文件夹a移至桌面后,桌面显示中,文件夹a从包括应用1和应用a变为包括应用a,应用1的未读消息的角标显示。After application 1 is included in folder a, the attribute item 21 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 11 of folder a, and the attribute item 22 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder a. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder a to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder a changes from including application 1 and application a to including application a, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
S73、在电子设备采用图4所示的方式二时,应用1从文件夹a移至桌面。S73. When the electronic device adopts the second method shown in Figure 4, application 1 is moved from folder a to the desktop.
在应用1包含在文件夹a中后,应用1的属性项21和属性项22并不进行同步。因此,在应用1从文件夹a移至桌面后,桌面显示中,文件夹a从包括应用1和应用a变为包括应用a,且应用1的未读消息的角标不再显示。After application 1 is included in folder a, the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 are not synchronized. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder a to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder a changes from including application 1 and application a to including application a, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
如图15C所示,本申请的消息处理方法可以包括:S81、应用1从桌面移至文件夹b中。As shown in Figure 15C, the message processing method of this application may include: S81. Move application 1 from the desktop to folder b.
文件夹b的桌面显示中,文件夹b从包括应用b变为包括应用1和应用b。In the desktop display of folder b, folder b changes from including application b to including application 1 and application b.
文件夹b的打开页中,应用1的未读消息的角标显示。In the open page of folder b, the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
S82、在电子设备采用图4所示的方式一时,应用1从文件夹b移至桌面。S82. When the electronic device adopts method 1 shown in Figure 4, application 1 is moved from folder b to the desktop.
在应用1包含在文件夹b中后,应用1的属性项21已同步为文件夹b的属性项11,且应用1的属性项22已同步为文件夹b的属性项12。因此,在应用1从文件夹b移至桌面后,桌面显示中,文件夹b从包括应用1和应用b变为包括应用b,应用1的未读消息的角标显示。After application 1 is included in folder b, the attribute item 21 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 11 of folder b, and the attribute item 22 of application 1 has been synchronized to the attribute item 12 of folder b. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder b to the desktop, in the desktop display, folder b changes from including application 1 and application b to including application b, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is displayed.
S83、在电子设备采用图4所示的方式二时,应用1从文件夹b移至桌面。S83. When the electronic device adopts the second method shown in Figure 4, application 1 is moved from folder b to the desktop.
在应用1包含在文件夹b中后,应用1的属性项21和属性项22并不进行同步。因此,在应用1从文件夹b移至桌面后,桌面显示中,文件夹b从包括应用1和应用b变为包括应用b,且应用1的未读消息的角标不再显示。After application 1 is included in folder b, the attribute items 21 and 22 of application 1 are not synchronized. Therefore, after application 1 is moved from folder b to the desktop, folder b changes from including application 1 and application b to including application b in the desktop display, and the icon of the unread message of application 1 is no longer displayed.
需要说明的是,除了应用1之外,桌面中的其他文件夹也可按照上述描述实现关于其他文件夹中的每个应用关于未读消息的属性设置的更改,此处不做赘述。It should be noted that, in addition to application 1, other folders on the desktop can also change the attribute settings of unread messages for each application in other folders according to the above description, which will not be described again here.
综上,电子设备可预先将一个文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置设定为用户期望的显示效果,借助该文件夹(如文件夹a或文件夹b或文件夹c)关于未读消息的属性设置,通过将应用程序/另一个文件夹移至该文件夹中,或者将应用程序/另一个文件夹移至该文件夹中且将该应用程序/另一个文件夹从该文件夹移至桌面,均可快速修改桌面/文件夹中的应用程序/文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置,有利于简化用户操作。To sum up, the electronic device can pre-set the attribute settings of a folder regarding unread messages to the display effect expected by the user, and use the folder (such as folder a, folder b or folder c) to display the attributes of unread messages. Property settings by moving an application/another folder into this folder, or by moving an application/another folder into this folder and moving an application/another folder from this folder to Desktop, you can quickly modify the property settings of unread messages of applications/folders on the desktop/folder, which is helpful to simplify user operations.
基于前述的一些实施例,下面介绍本申请提供的消息处理方法。 Based on some of the foregoing embodiments, the message processing method provided by this application is introduced below.
示例性地,本申请提供一种消息处理方法。By way of example, this application provides a message processing method.
请参阅图16,图16示出了本申请一实施例提供的一种消息处理方法。Please refer to Figure 16, which shows a message processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
其中,本申请的消息处理方法可采用电子设备来执行,电子设备的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的电子设备的描述,此处不做赘述。Among them, the message processing method of this application can be executed by electronic equipment. For specific implementation methods of the electronic equipment, please refer to the description of the electronic equipment mentioned above, and will not be described in detail here.
S101、显示第一应用和第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和第一文件夹的属性信息。S101. Display the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder.
其中,S101的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的在桌面中显示应用1和文件夹1的描述。For the specific implementation of S101, please refer to the description of displaying application 1 and folder 1 on the desktop mentioned above.
第一应用包括一个或多个应用程序,第一应用的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的应用1的描述。例如,第一应用可为QQ应用。The first application includes one or more application programs. For specific implementation methods of the first application, please refer to the description of application 1 mentioned above. For example, the first application may be a QQ application.
第一应用的属性信息是根据第一应用的属性进行设置的具体属性信息。在一些实施例中,第一应用的属性包括是否接收未读消息,或应用角标的显示方式中的至少一项。第一应用的属性信息的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的应用1关于未读消息的属性设置的描述。例如,应用1的属性项21和属性项22。The attribute information of the first application is specific attribute information set according to the attributes of the first application. In some embodiments, the properties of the first application include at least one of whether to receive unread messages, or a display mode of the application badge. For the specific implementation method of the attribute information of the first application, please refer to the description of the attribute setting of unread messages by application 1 mentioned above. For example, attribute item 21 and attribute item 22 of application 1.
第一文件夹包括一个或多个应用程序,也可包括一个或多个文件夹,也可包括应用程序和文件夹,第一文件夹的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的文件夹1的描述。例如,第一文件夹可为聊天文件夹。The first folder includes one or more applications, and may also include one or more folders, or may include applications and folders. For the specific implementation of the first folder, please refer to the description of Folder 1 mentioned above. . For example, the first folder may be a chat folder.
第一文件夹的属性信息是根据第一文件夹的属性进行设置的具体属性信息。在一些实施例中,第一文件夹的属性包括是否接收未读消息,或应用角标的显示方式中的至少一项。第一文件夹的属性信息的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的文件夹1关于未读消息的属性设置的描述。例如,文件夹1的属性项11和属性项12。The attribute information of the first folder is specific attribute information set according to the attributes of the first folder. In some embodiments, the properties of the first folder include at least one of whether to receive unread messages or a display mode of application badges. For the specific implementation method of the attribute information of the first folder, please refer to the description of the attribute settings of unread messages of folder 1 mentioned above. For example, attribute item 11 and attribute item 12 of folder 1.
需要说明的是,第一应用的属性信息在用于指示接收未读消息,显示应用角标时,可理解为在桌面中显示第一应用的未读消息的角标。第一应用的属性信息在用于指示接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,或者不接收未读消息时,可理解为在电子设备的设置中显示第一应用的属性信息,如图6B、图9C、图12C、图13B所示的用户界面23。It should be noted that when the attribute information of the first application is used to indicate receiving unread messages and displaying an application icon, it can be understood as displaying an icon of the unread messages of the first application on the desktop. When the attribute information of the first application is used to indicate receiving unread messages, not displaying the application icon, or not receiving unread messages, it can be understood as displaying the attribute information of the first application in the settings of the electronic device, as shown in Figure 6B. The user interface 23 shown in Figure 9C, Figure 12C, and Figure 13B.
另外,对应的,第一文件夹的属性信息可理解为在桌面中显示第一文件夹的未读消息的角标,也可理解为在第一文件夹的设置页中显示第一文件夹的属性信息,如图7A、图8A、图9A、图10A、图11A、图12A、图13A所示的用户界面24。In addition, correspondingly, the attribute information of the first folder can be understood as displaying the icon of the unread message of the first folder on the desktop, or can also be understood as displaying the icon of the first folder on the settings page of the first folder. Attribute information is the user interface 24 shown in Figure 7A, Figure 8A, Figure 9A, Figure 10A, Figure 11A, Figure 12A, and Figure 13A.
S102、接收到用户输入的第一操作,第一操作用于将第一应用移动至第一文件夹。S102. Receive a first operation input by the user. The first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
其中,S102的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的将应用1从桌面移至文件夹1中的描述。For the specific implementation of S102, please refer to the description of moving application 1 from the desktop to folder 1 mentioned above.
第一操作的类型可以包括但不限于:点击、双击、拖拽、长按等至少一个类型。例如,第一操作可为用户在第一应用的图标上长按并将第一应用的图标从桌面拖拽到第一文件的图标上的操作。The type of the first operation may include but is not limited to: at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press. For example, the first operation may be an operation in which the user long-presses the icon of the first application and drags the icon of the first application from the desktop to the icon of the first file.
S103、根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。S103. Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
其中,S103的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的应用1在从桌面移至文件夹1后关于未读消息的属性数值的描述。For the specific implementation of S103, please refer to the description of the attribute values of unread messages after Application 1 is moved from the desktop to Folder 1 mentioned above.
在采用图4所示的方式一时,第一应用的属性项21同步为第一文件夹的属性项 11,第一应用的属性项22同步为第一文件夹的属性项12。也就是说,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。When using the first method shown in Figure 4, the attribute item 21 of the first application is synchronized to the attribute item of the first folder. 11. The attribute item 22 of the first application is synchronized to the attribute item 12 of the first folder. That is to say, the attribute information of the first application is set as the attribute information of the first folder.
在采用图5所示的方式二时,虽然第一应用的属性项21并不同步为第一文件夹的属性项11,第一应用的属性项22并不同步为第一文件夹的属性项12,但是电子设备在显示第一应用的角标的情况下是根据第一文件夹的属性信息(即第一文件夹的属性项11和属性项12)的。也可看作为,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。When using the second method shown in Figure 5, although the attribute item 21 of the first application is not synchronized to the attribute item 11 of the first folder, the attribute item 22 of the first application is not synchronized to the attribute item of the first folder. 12, but when the electronic device displays the badge of the first application, it is based on the attribute information of the first folder (ie, the attribute item 11 and the attribute item 12 of the first folder). It can also be regarded as setting the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder.
S103中,电子设备可具体可执行如下操作:In S103, electronic equipment can specifically perform the following operations:
在确定第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标时,可设置第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标。When it is determined that the attribute information of the first folder is to receive unread messages and display the application badge, the attribute information of the first application can be set to be to receive unread messages and display the application badge.
其中,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3A/图7A所示的属性信息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图6D、图7B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。The specific implementation method of the above process can be found in: When the chat folder has the attribute information shown in Figure 3A/Figure 7A, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and display the description of the application icon. When the first application is located in the first folder, the icons of the unread messages of the first application can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 6D and FIG. 7B.
或者,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3G/图8A属性信息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图8B、图7B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above process can be found in: When the chat folder has the attribute information in Figure 3G/Figure 8A, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application The icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 8B and FIG. 7B.
或者,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3H/图9A属性信息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图8B、图9B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation method of the above process can be found in: When the chat folder has the attribute information in Figure 3H/Figure 9A, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application The icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 8B and FIG. 9B.
或者,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3I/图10A属性信息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图10B、图7B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above process can be found in: When the chat folder has the attribute information in Figure 3I/Figure 10A, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application The icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can refer to the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 7B.
或者,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3J/图11A属性信息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图10B、图9B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation method of the above process can be found in: When the chat folder has the attribute information in Figure 3J/Figure 11A, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages, display the description of the application icon, and in the first application The icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can be seen in the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 9B.
在确定第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标时,可设置第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标。When it is determined that the attribute information of the first folder is to receive unread messages and not display the application icon, the attribute information of the first application can be set to be to receive unread messages and not display the application icon.
其中,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3F/图12A属性信息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图10B、图12B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。The specific implementation of the above process can be found in: When the chat folder has the attribute information in Figure 3F/Figure 12A, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and display the description of the application icon. In the first application The icon of the unread message of the first application when it is located in the first folder can refer to the description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 12B.
在确定第一文件夹的属性信息为不接收未读消息,不显示应用角标时,可设置第一应用的属性信息为不接收未读消息,不显示应用角标。When it is determined that the attribute information of the first folder is not to receive unread messages and not to display application icons, the attribute information of the first application can be set to not to receive unread messages and not to display application icons.
其中,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见在聊天文件夹为图3B/图3C/图13A属性信 息时,电子设备可将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标的描述,在第一应用位于第一文件夹夹中时第一应用的未读消息的角标可参见图10B、图12B所示的QQ应用在聊天文件夹中的描述。The specific implementation method of the above process can be found in the chat folder as shown in Figure 3B/Figure 3C/Figure 13A. When receiving a message, the electronic device can set the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and display a description of the application icon. When the first application is located in the first folder, the icon of the unread message of the first application can be seen in the figure. 10B. The description of the QQ application in the chat folder shown in Figure 12B.
电子设备还可向用户提供更改第一文件夹的属性信息的入口,方便用户及时对第一文件夹关于未读消息的属性设置进行快速修改。The electronic device can also provide the user with an entrance to change the attribute information of the first folder, so that the user can quickly modify the attribute settings of the first folder regarding unread messages in a timely manner.
在一些实施例中,接收针对第一文件夹的触发操作。响应于触发操作,可显示第一文件夹的设置页,第一文件夹的设置页用于设置第一文件夹的属性信息。In some embodiments, a trigger operation is received for the first folder. In response to the triggering operation, a setting page of the first folder may be displayed, and the setting page of the first folder is used to set attribute information of the first folder.
其中,上述过程的具体实现方式可参见从图6D变为图7A的描述,或者,从图7B中变为图7A的描述。For the specific implementation manner of the above process, please refer to the description from FIG. 6D to FIG. 7A , or from the description from FIG. 7B to FIG. 7A .
其中,本申请对触发操作和第一文件夹的设置页的具体实现方式不做限定。第一文件夹的设置页的具体实现方式可参见图3A-图3J所示的设置页11以及图7A所示的用户界面24的描述。Among them, this application does not limit the specific implementation of the trigger operation and the setting page of the first folder. For the specific implementation of the settings page of the first folder, please refer to the description of the settings page 11 shown in FIGS. 3A to 3J and the user interface 24 shown in FIG. 7A .
在一些实施例中,触发操作包括如下任意一个操作:在第一文件夹的图标或名称上触发的操作(可参见用户在图6D中的聊天文件夹的图标607上长按的操作)、在第一文件夹中的空白区域上触发的操作(可参见用户在图7B中的区域609的空白区域上的操作)、或者在第一文件夹中的一个控件上触发的操作(可参见用户在图7B中的控件613上的操作)。In some embodiments, the triggering operation includes any one of the following operations: an operation triggered on the icon or name of the first folder (see the operation of the user long-pressing on the icon 607 of the chat folder in Figure 6D); An operation triggered on a blank area in the first folder (see the user's operation on the blank area of area 609 in FIG. 7B), or an operation triggered on a control in the first folder (see the user's operation on the blank area of area 609 in FIG. 7B). operations on control 613 in Figure 7B).
在一些实施例中,电子设备在将第一应用移至第一文件夹后,还可执行如下过程:In some embodiments, after moving the first application to the first folder, the electronic device may also perform the following process:
步骤11:接收用户输入的第二操作,第二操作用于将第一应用移至桌面。Step 11: Receive a second operation input by the user, and the second operation is used to move the first application to the desktop.
步骤12:将第一应用的属性信息保持为第一文件夹的属性信息,或者将第一应用的属性信息恢复至第一应用在未移至第一文件夹之前的属性信息。Step 12: Keep the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder, or restore the attribute information of the first application to the attribute information of the first application before it is moved to the first folder.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的将应用1从文件夹1移至桌面的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the description of moving application 1 from folder 1 to the desktop mentioned above.
第二操作的类型可以包括但不限于:点击、双击、拖拽、长按等至少一个类型。例如,第二操作可为用户在第一应用的图标上长按并将第一应用的图标从第一应用的打开页(如图7B、图9B、图12B所示的用户界面25)拖拽到桌面上的操作。The type of the second operation may include but is not limited to: at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press. For example, the second operation may be that the user presses and holds the icon of the first application and drags the icon of the first application from the opening page of the first application (the user interface 25 shown in FIG. 7B, FIG. 9B, and FIG. 12B). to desktop operations.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图7C所示的在将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。The specific implementation of the above steps can be found in the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 7C.
或者,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图8C所示的在将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation method of the above steps can be referred to the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 8C.
或者,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图9D、图8C所示的在将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above steps can be seen in the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 9D and Figure 8C .
或者,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图10C所示的在将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above steps can be referred to the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 10C.
或者,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图11B、图10C所示的在将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above steps can be referred to the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 11B and Figure 10C .
或者,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图12D、图10C所示的在将QQ应用的属 性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above steps can be referred to the attributes of QQ application shown in Figure 12D and Figure 10C. Sexual information is set to receive unread messages, and after the application corner icon is displayed, the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop.
或者,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见图12D、图10C所示的在将QQ应用的属性信息设置为接收未读消息,显示应用角标后,将QQ应用从聊天文件夹移至桌面的描述。Alternatively, the specific implementation of the above steps can be seen in the description of moving the QQ application from the chat folder to the desktop after setting the attribute information of the QQ application to receive unread messages and displaying the application icon as shown in Figure 12D and Figure 10C .
在一些实施例中,电子设备在将第一应用移至第一文件夹后,还可执行如下过程:In some embodiments, after moving the first application to the first folder, the electronic device may also perform the following process:
步骤21:接收用户输入的第三操作,第三操作用于将第一应用移至第二文件夹。Step 21: Receive a third operation input by the user, and the third operation is used to move the first application to the second folder.
步骤22:根据第二文件夹的属性,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第二文件夹的属性信息相同。Step 22: According to the attributes of the second folder, set the attribute information of the first application to be the same as the attribute information of the second folder.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的将应用1从文件夹1移至文件夹2的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the above-mentioned description of moving application 1 from folder 1 to folder 2.
第三操作的类型可以包括但不限于:点击、双击、拖拽、长按等至少一个类型。例如,第三操作可为用户在第一应用的图标上长按并将第一应用的图标从第一应用的打开页拖拽到第二文件夹的图标上的操作。The type of the third operation may include but is not limited to at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press. For example, the third operation may be an operation in which the user long-presses the icon of the first application and drags the icon of the first application from the opening page of the first application to the icon of the second folder.
在一些实施例中,电子设备在将第一应用移至第一文件夹后,还可执行如下过程:In some embodiments, after moving the first application to the first folder, the electronic device may also perform the following process:
步骤31:还显示第三文件夹和第三文件夹的属性信息。Step 31: Also display the third folder and the attribute information of the third folder.
步骤32:接收用户输入的第四操作,第四操作用于将第三文件夹移至第一文件夹。Step 32: Receive a fourth operation input by the user, and the fourth operation is used to move the third folder to the first folder.
步骤33:根据第一文件夹的属性,将第三文件夹的属性信息和第三文件夹中的所有应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息相同。Step 33: According to the attributes of the first folder, set the attribute information of the third folder and the attribute information of all applications in the third folder to be the same as the attribute information of the first folder.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的将文件夹2/文件夹3从桌面移至文件夹1中的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the description of moving folder 2/folder 3 from the desktop to folder 1 mentioned above.
第四操作的类型可以包括但不限于:点击、双击、拖拽、长按等至少一个类型。例如,第四操作可为用户在第三文件夹的图标上长按并将第三文件夹的图标从桌面拖拽到第一文件夹的图标上的操作。The type of the fourth operation may include but is not limited to: at least one type such as click, double-click, drag, and long press. For example, the fourth operation may be an operation in which the user long-presses the icon of the third folder and drags the icon of the third folder from the desktop to the icon of the first folder.
除了上述内容之外,第一文件夹的属性还包括文件夹角标的显示方式。例如,文件夹1的属性项13。其中,文件夹的角标的显示方式为计数或圆点。In addition to the above content, the properties of the first folder also include the display mode of the folder icon. For example, attribute item 13 of folder 1. Among them, the folder's subscript is displayed as a count or a dot.
在文件夹的角标的显示方式为计数时,电子设备可将第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后显示在第一文件夹上。When the display mode of the folder icon is counting, the electronic device may accumulate the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and display them on the first folder.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的图6D、图7C所示的聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标6071的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the description of the unread message index 6071 of the chat folder shown in FIG. 6D and FIG. 7C mentioned above.
继续结合上述内容,电子设备可执行如下过程:Continuing to combine the above content, the electronic device can perform the following process:
步骤41:显示第一应用和第一应用的未读消息的第一计数,第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第二计数。Step 41: Display the first count of the first application and the unread messages of the first application, and the second count after accumulating the counts of the unread messages of the first folder and all applications in the first folder.
在第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一应用的标识(如包括图标、名称等)和第一应用的未读消息的角标(即第一计数)。When the attribute information of the first application is to receive unread messages and display the application icon, the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (for example, including an icon, name, etc.) and the icon of the unread messages of the first application on the desktop. (i.e. first count).
在第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,计数显示文件夹角标时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的标识(如包括图标、名称、应用缩略图等)和第一文件夹的未读消息的角标(即第二计数)。 When the attribute information of the first folder is to receive unread messages, display application icons, and count and display folder icons, the electronic device can display the identification of the first folder (for example, including icon, name, application thumbnail) on the desktop. etc.) and the index of the unread messages of the first folder (i.e. the second count).
步骤42:接收到用户输入的第一操作,第一操作用于将第一应用移动至第一文件夹。Step 42: Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
步骤43:根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。Step 43: Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
电子设备可将第一应用的属性信息保持为接收未读消息,显示应用角标。The electronic device may keep the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge.
步骤44:显示第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第三计数,第三计数为第一计数和第二计数的和,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。Step 44: Display the third count after accumulating the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder. The third count is the sum of the first count and the second count. The first application is located in the first folder. folder.
电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的图标和第一文件夹的未读消息的角标(即第三计数)。The electronic device may display the icon of the first folder and the icon of the unread message of the first folder (ie, the third count) on the desktop.
继续结合上述内容,电子设备可执行如下过程:Continuing to combine the above content, the electronic device can perform the following process:
步骤51:显示第一应用,第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第二计数;其中,第一应用的属性信息为不显示应用角标。Step 51: Display the first application, the first folder, and the second count obtained by accumulating the unread message counts of all applications in the first folder; wherein the attribute information of the first application is not to display the application badge.
在第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,或者不接收未读消息时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一应用的标识(如包括图标、名称等),且不显示第一应用的未读消息的角标。When the attribute information of the first application is to receive unread messages, not display the application icon, or not receive unread messages, the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (such as icon, name, etc.) on the desktop, and does not Displays the icon of unread messages of the first application.
在第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,计数显示文件夹角标时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的标识(如包括图标、名称、应用缩略图等)和第一文件夹的未读消息的角标(即第二计数)。When the attribute information of the first folder is to receive unread messages, display application icons, and count and display folder icons, the electronic device can display the identification of the first folder (for example, including icon, name, application thumbnail) on the desktop. etc.) and the index of the unread messages of the first folder (i.e. the second count).
步骤52:接收到用户输入的第一操作,第一操作用于将第一应用移动至第一文件夹。Step 52: Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
步骤53:根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。Step 53: Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
电子设备可将第一应用的属性信息修改为接收未读消息,显示应用角标。The electronic device can modify the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge.
步骤54:显示第一文件夹和第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第三计数,第三计数大于等于第二计数,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。Step 54: Display the third count after adding up the counts of unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder. The third count is greater than or equal to the second count, and the first application is located in the first folder.
电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的图标和第一文件夹的未读消息的角标(即第三计数)。如果第一应用移至第一文件夹后未接收到未读消息,那么第三计数等于第二计数。如果第一应用移至第一文件夹后接收到未读消息,那么第三计数大于第二计数。The electronic device may display the icon of the first folder and the icon of the unread message of the first folder (ie, the third count) on the desktop. If the first application receives no unread messages after moving to the first folder, the third count is equal to the second count. If the first application receives unread messages after moving to the first folder, the third count is greater than the second count.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的图15B所示的应用1移至文件夹a的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the previously mentioned description of moving application 1 to folder a shown in Figure 15B.
继续结合上述内容,电子设备可执行如下过程:Continuing to combine the above content, the electronic device can perform the following process:
步骤61:显示第一应用和第一应用的未读消息的第一计数,第一文件夹;其中,第一文件夹的属性信息为不显示文件夹角标。Step 61: Display the first application and the first count of unread messages of the first application and the first folder; wherein the attribute information of the first folder is not to display the folder icon.
在第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一应用的标识(如包括图标、名称等)和第一应用的未读消息的角标(即第一计数)。When the attribute information of the first application is to receive unread messages and display the application icon, the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (for example, including an icon, name, etc.) and the icon of the unread messages of the first application on the desktop. (i.e. first count).
在第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,不显示文件夹角标,或者接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,不显示文件夹角标,或者不接收未读消息时, 电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的标识(如包括图标、名称、应用缩略图等),且不显示第一文件夹的未读消息的角标。The attribute information in the first folder is to receive unread messages, display application icons, and not display folder icons, or to receive unread messages, not display application icons, not display folder icons, or not receive unread messages. message, The electronic device can display the identification of the first folder (for example, including an icon, name, application thumbnail, etc.) on the desktop, and does not display the icon of the unread message of the first folder.
步骤62:接收到用户输入的第一操作,第一操作用于将第一应用移动至第一文件夹。Step 62: Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
步骤63:根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。Step 63: Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
电子设备可将第一应用的属性信息修改为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,或者接收未读消息,不显示应用角标。The electronic device may modify the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge, or to receive unread messages and not display the application badge.
步骤64:显示第一文件夹,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。Step 64: Display the first folder in which the first application is located.
电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的图标,且不显示第一文件夹的未读消息的角标。The electronic device can display the icon of the first folder on the desktop, and does not display the icon of the unread message of the first folder.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的图15A所示的应用1移至文件夹c的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the previously mentioned description of moving application 1 to folder c shown in FIG. 15A.
继续结合上述内容,电子设备可执行如下过程:Continuing to combine the above content, the electronic device can perform the following process:
步骤71:显示第一应用,第一文件夹;其中,第一应用的属性信息为不显示应用角标,第一文件夹的属性信息为不显示文件夹角标。Step 71: Display the first application and the first folder; wherein, the attribute information of the first application is not to display the application icon, and the attribute information of the first folder is not to display the folder icon.
在第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,或者不接收未读消息时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一应用的标识(如包括图标、名称等),且不显示第一应用的未读消息的角标。When the attribute information of the first application is to receive unread messages, not display the application icon, or not receive unread messages, the electronic device can display the identification of the first application (such as icon, name, etc.) on the desktop, and does not Displays the icon of unread messages of the first application.
在第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,不显示文件夹角标,或者接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,不显示文件夹角标,或者不接收未读消息时,电子设备可在桌面中显示第一文件夹的标识(如包括图标、名称、应用缩略图等),且不显示第一文件夹的未读消息的角标。The attribute information in the first folder is to receive unread messages, display application icons, and not display folder icons, or to receive unread messages, not display application icons, not display folder icons, or not receive unread messages. When sending a message, the electronic device may display the identification of the first folder (for example, including an icon, name, application thumbnail, etc.) on the desktop, and does not display the icon of the unread message of the first folder.
步骤72:接收到用户输入的第一操作,第一操作用于将第一应用移动至第一文件夹。Step 72: Receive a first operation input by the user, and the first operation is used to move the first application to the first folder.
步骤73:根据第一文件夹的属性信息,将第一应用的属性信息设置为第一文件夹的属性信息。Step 73: Set the attribute information of the first application as the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder.
电子设备可将第一应用的属性信息修改为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,或者接收未读消息,不显示应用角标。The electronic device may modify the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application badge, or to receive unread messages and not display the application badge.
步骤74:显示第一文件夹,第一应用位于第一文件夹中。Step 74: Display the first folder in which the first application is located.
其中,上述步骤的具体实现方式可参见前文提及的图15C所示的聊天文件夹的未读消息的角标的描述。For the specific implementation of the above steps, please refer to the previously mentioned description of the icons of the unread messages in the chat folder shown in FIG. 15C.
示例性地,本申请提供一种电子设备,包括:存储器和处理器;存储器用于存储程序指令;处理器用于调用存储器中的程序指令使得电子设备执行前文实施例中的消息处理方法。Exemplarily, this application provides an electronic device, including: a memory and a processor; the memory is used to store program instructions; and the processor is used to call the program instructions in the memory so that the electronic device executes the message processing method in the previous embodiment.
示例性地,本申请提供一种芯片系统,芯片系统应用于包括存储器、显示屏和传感器的电子设备;芯片系统包括:处理器;当处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机指令时,电子设备执行前文实施例中的消息处理方法。Exemplarily, this application provides a chip system, which is applied to electronic devices including memory, display screens, and sensors; the chip system includes: a processor; when the processor executes computer instructions stored in the memory, the electronic device executes the foregoing Message processing method in the embodiment.
示例性地,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,计算 机程序被处理器使得电子设备执行时实现前文实施例中的消息处理方法。Illustratively, this application provides a computer-readable storage medium with a computer program stored thereon to calculate When the computer program is executed by the processor so that the electronic device implements the message processing method in the previous embodiment.
示例性地,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,包括:执行指令,执行指令存储在可读存储介质中,电子设备的至少一个处理器可以从可读存储介质读取执行指令,至少一个处理器执行执行指令使得电子设备实现前文实施例中的消息处理方法。Exemplarily, this application provides a computer program product, including: execution instructions, the execution instructions are stored in a readable storage medium, and at least one processor of the electronic device can read the execution instructions from the readable storage medium, and the at least one processor Executing the execution instructions causes the electronic device to implement the message processing method in the previous embodiment.
在上述实施例中,全部或部分功能可以通过软件、硬件、或者软件加硬件的组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of the functions may be implemented by software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in this application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。 Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the processes in the methods of the above embodiments are implemented. This process can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program. The program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, , may include the processes of the above method embodiments. The aforementioned storage media include: ROM, random access memory (RAM), magnetic disks, optical disks and other media that can store program codes.

Claims (14)

  1. 一种消息处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A message processing method, characterized by including:
    显示第一应用和所述第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹的属性信息;Display the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder;
    接收到用户输入的第一操作,所述第一操作用于将所述第一应用移动至所述第一文件夹;receiving a first operation input by the user, the first operation being used to move the first application to the first folder;
    根据所述第一文件夹的属性信息,将所述第一应用的属性信息设置为所述第一文件夹的属性信息。According to the attribute information of the first folder, the attribute information of the first application is set as the attribute information of the first folder.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一应用的属性包括是否接收未读消息,或应用角标的显示方式中的至少一项;所述第一文件夹的属性包括是否接收未读消息,或应用角标的显示方式中的至少一项。The method according to claim 1, wherein the attributes of the first application include at least one of whether to receive unread messages or the display mode of application icons; the attributes of the first folder include whether to receive Unread messages, or at least one of the display methods of the application badge.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一文件夹的属性信息,将所述第一应用的属性信息设置为所述第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:The method according to claim 2, wherein the attribute information of the first application is set to the attribute information of the first folder according to the attribute information of the first folder, specifically:
    确定所述第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标,设置所述第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,显示应用角标;或Determine the attribute information of the first folder to receive unread messages and display the application icon, and set the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and display the application icon; or
    确定所述第一文件夹的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,设置所述第一应用的属性信息为接收未读消息,不显示应用角标;或Determine the attribute information of the first folder to receive unread messages and not display application icons, and set the attribute information of the first application to receive unread messages and not display application icons; or
    确定所述第一文件夹的属性信息为不接收未读消息,不显示应用角标,设置所述第一应用的属性信息为不接收未读消息,不显示应用角标。Determine the attribute information of the first folder to not receive unread messages and not display application icons, and set the attribute information of the first application to not receive unread messages and not display application icons.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    接收针对所述第一文件夹的触发操作;Receive a trigger operation for the first folder;
    响应于所述触发操作,显示所述第一文件夹的设置页,所述第一文件夹的设置页用于设置所述第一文件夹的属性信息。In response to the triggering operation, a setting page of the first folder is displayed, and the setting page of the first folder is used to set attribute information of the first folder.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述触发操作包括如下任意一个操作:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the triggering operation includes any one of the following operations:
    在所述第一文件夹的图标或名称上触发的操作、在所述第一文件夹中的空白区域上触发的操作、或者在所述第一文件夹中的一个控件上触发的操作。An operation triggered on the icon or name of the first folder, an operation triggered on a blank area in the first folder, or an operation triggered on a control in the first folder.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, characterized in that the method further includes:
    接收用户输入的第二操作,所述第二操作用于将所述第一应用移至桌面;receiving a second operation input by the user, the second operation being used to move the first application to the desktop;
    将所述第一应用的属性信息保持为所述第一文件夹的属性信息,或者将所述第一应用的属性信息恢复至所述第一应用在未移至所述第一文件夹之前的属性信息。Keep the property information of the first application as the property information of the first folder, or restore the property information of the first application to the property information of the first application before it is moved to the first folder. attribute information.
  7. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, characterized in that the method further includes:
    接收用户输入的第三操作,所述第三操作用于将所述第一应用移至第二文件夹;receiving a third operation input by the user, the third operation being used to move the first application to a second folder;
    根据所述第二文件夹的属性,将所述第一应用的属性信息设置为所述第二文件夹的属性信息相同。According to the attributes of the second folder, the attribute information of the first application is set to be the same as the attribute information of the second folder.
  8. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, characterized in that the method further includes:
    还显示第三文件夹和所述第三文件夹的属性信息;Also display the third folder and the attribute information of the third folder;
    接收用户输入的第四操作,所述第四操作用于将所述第三文件夹移至所述第一文 件夹;A fourth operation input by the user is received, the fourth operation is used to move the third folder to the first file. folder;
    根据所述第一文件夹的属性,将所述第三文件夹的属性信息和所述第三文件夹中的所有应用的属性信息设置为所述第一文件夹的属性信息相同。According to the attributes of the first folder, the attribute information of the third folder and the attribute information of all applications in the third folder are set to be the same as the attribute information of the first folder.
  9. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一文件夹的属性还包括文件夹角标的显示方式,且文件夹的角标的显示方式为计数,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the attributes of the first folder also include a display mode of the folder's index, and the display mode of the folder's index is counting, and the method further includes:
    将所述第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后显示在所述第一文件夹上。The count of unread messages of all applications in the first folder is accumulated and displayed on the first folder.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述显示第一应用和所述第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:The method according to claim 9, wherein the displaying the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder is specifically:
    显示所述第一应用和所述第一应用的未读消息的第一计数,所述第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第二计数;Displays a first count of unread messages of the first application and the first application, and a second count after accumulating the counts of unread messages of the first folder and all applications in the first folder. ;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    显示所述第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第三计数,所述第三计数为所述第一计数和所述第二计数的和,所述第一应用位于所述第一文件夹中。Display the third count after adding up the unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder. The third count is the sum of the first count and the second count. , the first application is located in the first folder.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述显示第一应用和所述第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:The method according to claim 9, wherein the displaying the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder is specifically:
    显示所述第一应用,所述第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第二计数;其中,所述第一应用的属性信息为不显示应用角标;Display the second count of the unread messages of the first application, the first folder and all applications in the first folder; wherein, the attribute information of the first application is not displayed Apply corner mark;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    显示所述第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹中的所有应用的未读消息的计数累加后的第三计数,所述第三计数大于等于所述第二计数,所述第一应用位于所述第一文件夹中。Displays a third count after adding up the unread messages of all applications in the first folder and the first folder, where the third count is greater than or equal to the second count, and the first application is located in the first folder.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述显示第一应用和所述第一应用的属性信息、第一文件夹和所述第一文件夹的属性信息,具体为:The method according to claim 9, wherein the displaying the first application and the attribute information of the first application, the first folder and the attribute information of the first folder is specifically:
    显示所述第一应用和所述第一应用的未读消息的第一计数,所述第一文件夹;其中,所述第一文件夹的属性信息为不显示文件夹角标;Display the first application and the first count of unread messages of the first application and the first folder; wherein the attribute information of the first folder is not to display the folder icon;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    显示所述第一文件夹,所述第一应用位于所述第一文件夹中。Display the first folder in which the first application is located.
  13. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器和处理器;An electronic device, characterized by including: a memory and a processor;
    所述存储器用于存储程序指令;The memory is used to store program instructions;
    所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序指令使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1-12任一项所述的消息处理方法。The processor is configured to call program instructions in the memory to cause the electronic device to execute the message processing method according to any one of claims 1-12.
  14. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-12任一项所述的消息处理方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by including computer instructions, which when the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute the message processing method according to any one of claims 1-12.
PCT/CN2023/089833 2022-04-29 2023-04-21 Message processing method and electronic device WO2023207799A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210476426.9A CN117009099A (en) 2022-04-29 2022-04-29 Message processing method and electronic equipment
CN202210476426.9 2022-04-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023207799A1 true WO2023207799A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88517710

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/089833 WO2023207799A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-21 Message processing method and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117009099A (en)
WO (1) WO2023207799A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109358789A (en) * 2018-10-22 2019-02-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of notification message management method, device and mobile terminal
CN109379488A (en) * 2018-09-27 2019-02-22 联想(北京)有限公司 Processing method, device and electronic equipment
CN111541811A (en) * 2020-03-27 2020-08-14 华为技术有限公司 Method for eliminating unread message corner mark and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109379488A (en) * 2018-09-27 2019-02-22 联想(北京)有限公司 Processing method, device and electronic equipment
CN109358789A (en) * 2018-10-22 2019-02-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of notification message management method, device and mobile terminal
CN111541811A (en) * 2020-03-27 2020-08-14 华为技术有限公司 Method for eliminating unread message corner mark and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117009099A (en) 2023-11-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3872807B1 (en) Voice control method and electronic device
WO2021013158A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
WO2021103981A1 (en) Split-screen display processing method and apparatus, and electronic device
WO2020259452A1 (en) Full-screen display method for mobile terminal, and apparatus
WO2020134869A1 (en) Electronic device operating method and electronic device
WO2021213164A1 (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2021036571A1 (en) Desktop editing method and electronic device
US20200249821A1 (en) Notification Handling Method and Electronic Device
WO2021036770A1 (en) Split-screen processing method and terminal device
WO2021000804A1 (en) Display method and apparatus in locked state
WO2021147396A1 (en) Icon management method and smart terminal
WO2021082835A1 (en) Method for activating function and electronic device
WO2022068483A1 (en) Application startup method and apparatus, and electronic device
CN113961157B (en) Display interaction system, display method and equipment
WO2022037726A1 (en) Split-screen display method and electronic device
WO2020155875A1 (en) Display method for electronic device, graphic user interface and electronic device
WO2020192761A1 (en) Method for recording user emotion, and related apparatus
WO2021082815A1 (en) Display element display method and electronic device
EP4181498A1 (en) Photographing method and electronic device
WO2021218429A1 (en) Method for managing application window, and terminal device and computer-readable storage medium
WO2023241209A9 (en) Desktop wallpaper configuration method and apparatus, electronic device and readable storage medium
CN113986070A (en) Quick viewing method for application card and electronic equipment
WO2023273543A1 (en) Folder management method and apparatus
US20230236714A1 (en) Cross-Device Desktop Management Method, First Electronic Device, and Second Electronic Device
WO2023207799A1 (en) Message processing method and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23795232

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1